[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025174049A1 - Method and device for transmitting and receiving wireless signals in wireless communication system - Google Patents

Method and device for transmitting and receiving wireless signals in wireless communication system

Info

Publication number
WO2025174049A1
WO2025174049A1 PCT/KR2025/002042 KR2025002042W WO2025174049A1 WO 2025174049 A1 WO2025174049 A1 WO 2025174049A1 KR 2025002042 W KR2025002042 W KR 2025002042W WO 2025174049 A1 WO2025174049 A1 WO 2025174049A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
nes
additional
default
dci
drx
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/KR2025/002042
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
명세창
김선욱
고현수
양석철
신석민
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
LG Electronics Inc
Original Assignee
LG Electronics Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by LG Electronics Inc filed Critical LG Electronics Inc
Publication of WO2025174049A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025174049A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H04W72/231Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal the control data signalling from the layers above the physical layer, e.g. RRC or MAC-CE signalling
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H04W72/232Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal the control data signalling from the physical layer, e.g. DCI signalling
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0833Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access
    • H04W74/0836Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access with 2-step access
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0833Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access
    • H04W74/0838Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access using contention-free random access [CFRA]

Definitions

  • This specification relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, to a method and device for transmitting and receiving wireless signals.
  • next-generation 5G systems which offer enhanced wireless broadband communication capabilities over existing LTE systems
  • NewRAT Next-generation 5G system
  • eMBB Enhanced Mobile Broadband
  • URLLC Ultra-reliability and low-latency communication
  • mMTC Massive Machine-Type Communications
  • eMBB is a next-generation mobile communication scenario with characteristics such as High Spectrum Efficiency, High User Experienced Data Rate, and High Peak Data Rate
  • URLLC is a next-generation mobile communication scenario with characteristics such as Ultra Reliable, Ultra Low Latency, and Ultra High Availability (e.g., V2X, Emergency Service, Remote Control)
  • mMTC is a next-generation mobile communication scenario with characteristics such as Low Cost, Low Energy, Short Packet, and Massive Connectivity (e.g., IoT).
  • the technical problem to be achieved by the present invention is to provide a more accurate and efficient signal transmission and reception method and a device therefor.
  • the DCI of the above specific format is characterized in that it is a DCI of group common DCI format 1_0 having a CRC (cyclic redundancy check) scrambled with a specific RNTI (Paging-Radio Network Temporary Identifier) related to an activation instruction of the above additional RO.
  • CRC cyclic redundancy check
  • RNTI Paging-Radio Network Temporary Identifier
  • the additional RO is characterized in that whether it is activated is indicated through reserved bits included in the DCI format 1_0.
  • the beam direction of the additional RO is considered to be the same beam direction as the beam direction determined for the default RO.
  • the additional RO is characterized in that the additional RO is considered invalid based on the fact that the additional RO overlaps with the default RO.
  • the RACH resource configuration information is characterized in that it sets a plurality of default ROs including the default RO and a plurality of additional ROs including the additional RO, and the UE performs SSB mapping only for the remaining additional ROs excluding the additional RO overlapping with the default RO among the plurality of additional ROs.
  • the RACH resource configuration information is characterized in that it further includes information for setting priorities between the default RO and the additional RO.
  • the default RO is characterized in that it is always valid regardless of the indication of whether it is activated via the DCI.
  • a processing device may be provided for controlling a UE to perform the above-described method according to another aspect.
  • a method performed by a base station includes the steps of transmitting RACH (Random Access Channel) resource configuration information for configuring a default RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) and an additional RO related to NES (network energy saving); and receiving a PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel) based on the RACH resource configuration information; wherein whether the additional RO is activated can be indicated through DCI (Downlink Control Information) of a specific format.
  • RACH Random Access Channel
  • PRACH Physical Random Access Channel
  • signals can be transmitted or received more accurately and efficiently in a wireless communication system.
  • Figure 2 illustrates the structure of a radio frame.
  • FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 are diagrams for explaining Idle Mode DRX (Discontinuous Reception) operation.
  • Figure 10 is a diagram for explaining a method of monitoring DCI format 2_6.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining a method for performing communication based on cell DRX/DTX between a base station and a terminal.
  • Figure 12 is a diagram for explaining transmission of On-demand SIB1.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram for explaining a method for a UE to transmit a signal based on RACH resource configuration information.
  • Figure 14 is a diagram for explaining a method for a base station to transmit RACH resource configuration information.
  • Figures 15 to 18 illustrate a communication system (1) and a wireless device applicable to the present invention.
  • UTRA is a part of UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System).
  • 3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project) LTE (long term evolution) is part of E-UMTS (Evolved UMTS) that uses E-UTRA, and LTE-A (Advanced) is an evolved version of 3GPP LTE.
  • 3GPP NR New Radio or New Radio Access Technology is an evolved version of 3GPP LTE/LTE-A.
  • the term 'base station' used in this specification may be replaced with terms such as fixed station, Node B, gNode B (gNB), Access Point (AP), cell, or transmission and reception point (TRP).
  • the term 'relay node' may be replaced with terms such as Relay Node (RN) or Relay Station.
  • RN Relay Node
  • the term 'terminal' may be replaced with terms such as User Equipment (UE), Mobile Station (MS), Mobile Subscriber Station (MSS), or Subscriber Station (SS).
  • UE User Equipment
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • NCGI NR Cell Global Identifier
  • Starting and Length Indicator Value (This is an indicator value for the starting symbol index and number of symbols within the slot of the PDSCH and/or PUSCH, and can be set as a component of the entry that constitutes the TDRA field within the PDCCH that schedules the corresponding PDSCH and/or PUSCH.)
  • BandWidth Part can be composed of consecutive resource blocks (RBs) on the frequency axis and can correspond to one numerology (e.g., sub-carrier spacing, CP length, slot/mini-slot duration).
  • numerology e.g., sub-carrier spacing, CP length, slot/mini-slot duration.
  • multiple BWPs can be configured on one carrier (the number of BWPs per carrier can also be limited), but the number of activated BWPs can be limited to a part of it (e.g., 1) per carrier.)
  • COntrol REsourse SET refers to the time-frequency resource area where PDCCH can be transmitted, and the number of CORESETs per BWP may be limited.
  • QCL Quasi-Co-Location
  • QCL parameters such as Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread, and Spatial Rx parameter obtained from one reference signal can be applied to another reference signal (or antenna port(s) of the corresponding RS).
  • QCL parameters such as Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread, and Spatial Rx parameter obtained from one reference signal can be applied to another reference signal (or antenna port(s) of the corresponding RS).
  • four QCL types are defined as follows.
  • the TCI state is set between DL RSs, but in future releases, setting between DL RS and UL RS or UL RS and UL RS may be allowed.
  • UL RSs include SRS, PUSCH DM-RS, and PUCCH DM-RS.
  • SRS resource indicator (Indicates one of the SRS resource index values set in the 'SRS resource indicator' among the fields in the DCI that schedules the PUSCH.
  • the UE can transmit the PUSCH using the same spatial domain transmission filter used for transmitting and receiving the reference signal linked to the corresponding SRS resource.
  • the reference RS is set by RRC signaling through the SRS-SpatialRelationInfo parameter for each SRS resource, and SS/PBCH block, CSI-RS, or SRS can be set as the reference RS.
  • a terminal When a terminal is powered on again from a powered-off state or enters a new cell, it performs an initial cell search operation, such as synchronizing with the base station, in step S101. To this end, the terminal receives a Synchronization Signal Block (SSB) from the base station.
  • the SSB includes a Primary Synchronization Signal (PSS), a Secondary Synchronization Signal (SSS), and a Physical Broadcast Channel (PBCH).
  • PSS Primary Synchronization Signal
  • SSS Secondary Synchronization Signal
  • PBCH Physical Broadcast Channel
  • the terminal synchronizes with the base station based on the PSS/SSS and obtains information such as a cell ID (cell identity). In addition, the terminal can obtain broadcast information within the cell based on the PBCH. Meanwhile, the terminal can check the downlink channel status by receiving a Downlink Reference Signal (DL RS) during the initial cell search phase.
  • DL RS Downlink Reference Signal
  • the terminal can obtain more specific system information by receiving a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) and a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) based on the physical downlink control channel information in step S102.
  • a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH)
  • a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH)
  • the terminal may perform a random access procedure such as steps S103 to S106 to complete connection to the base station.
  • the terminal may transmit a preamble through a physical random access channel (PRACH) (S103) and receive a response message to the preamble through a physical downlink control channel and a corresponding physical downlink shared channel (S104).
  • PRACH physical random access channel
  • S104 receive a response message to the preamble through a physical downlink control channel and a corresponding physical downlink shared channel
  • a contention resolution procedure such as transmission of an additional physical random access channel (S105) and reception of a physical downlink control channel and a corresponding physical downlink shared channel (S106) may be performed.
  • the terminal that has performed the procedure as described above can then perform the general uplink/downlink signal transmission procedure, such as receiving a physical downlink control channel/physical downlink shared channel (S107) and transmitting a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH)/physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) (S108).
  • the control information that the terminal transmits to the base station is collectively referred to as uplink control information (UCI).
  • UCI includes HARQ ACK/NACK (Hybrid Automatic Repeat and request Acknowledgement/Negative-ACK), SR (Scheduling Request), CSI (Channel State Information), etc.
  • CSI includes CQI (Channel Quality Indicator), PMI (Precoding Matrix Indicator), RI (Rank Indication), etc.
  • UCI is generally transmitted through PUCCH, but can be transmitted through PUSCH when control information and traffic data must be transmitted simultaneously. Additionally, UCI can be transmitted aperiodically via PUSCH upon request/instruction from the network.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates the structure of a radio frame.
  • uplink and downlink transmissions are organized into frames.
  • Each radio frame is 10 ms long and is divided into two 5 ms half-frames (HF).
  • Each half-frame is divided into five 1 ms sub-frames (SF).
  • a sub-frame is divided into one or more slots, and the number of slots within a sub-frame depends on the subcarrier spacing (SCS).
  • SCS subcarrier spacing
  • Each slot contains 12 or 14 OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) symbols, depending on the cyclic prefix (CP).
  • CP cyclic prefix
  • Table 1 illustrates that when CP is normally used, the number of symbols per slot, the number of slots per frame, and the number of slots per subframe vary depending on the SCS.
  • Table 2 illustrates that when extended CP is used, the number of symbols per slot, the number of slots per frame, and the number of slots per subframe vary depending on the SCS.
  • the resource region (hereinafter, data region) between the DL control region and the UL control region can be used to transmit DL data (e.g., PDSCH) or UL data (e.g., PUSCH).
  • GP provides a time gap when a base station and a terminal switch from a transmission mode to a reception mode or from a reception mode to a transmission mode. Some symbols at the time of switching from DL to UL within a subframe can be set as GP.
  • the PDCCH carries Downlink Control Information (DCI).
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the PCCCH i.e., DCI
  • DL-SCH downlink shared channel
  • UL-SCH uplink shared channel
  • PCH paging information for the paging channel
  • system information on the DL-SCH resource allocation information for upper layer control messages such as random access responses transmitted on the PDSCH, transmission power control commands, activation/deactivation of Configured Scheduling (CS), etc.
  • CS Configured Scheduling
  • the DCI includes a cyclic redundancy check (CRC), which is masked/scrambled with various identifiers (e.g., Radio Network Temporary Identifier, RNTI) depending on the owner or usage of the PDCCH.
  • CRC cyclic redundancy check
  • RNTI Radio Network Temporary Identifier
  • the PDCCH is for a specific terminal, the CRC is masked with a terminal identifier (e.g., Cell-RNTI, C-RNTI).
  • P-RNTI Paging-RNTI
  • SIB System Information Block
  • SI-RNTI System Information RNTI
  • SI-RNTI System Information RNTI
  • RA-RNTI Random Access-RNTI
  • the UE may monitor (e.g., perform blind decoding) a set of PDCCH candidates in a CORESET.
  • the PDCCH candidates represent the CCE(s) that the UE monitors for PDCCH reception/detection.
  • PDCCH monitoring may be performed in one or more CORESETs on an active DL BWP on each activated cell in which PDCCH monitoring is configured.
  • the set of PDCCH candidates that the UE monitors is defined as a PDCCH Search Space (SS) set.
  • the SS set may be a Common Search Space (CSS) set or a UE-specific Search Space (USS) set.
  • - searchSpaceId Indicates the ID of the SS set.
  • controlResourceSetId Indicates the CORESET associated with the SS set.
  • - monitoringSlotPeriodicityAndOffset Indicates the PDCCH monitoring period period (in slot units) and the PDCCH monitoring period offset (in slot units).
  • - monitoringSymbolsWithinSlot Indicates the first OFDMA symbol(s) for PDCCH monitoring within the slot where PDCCH monitoring is configured. It is indicated through a bitmap, and each bit corresponds to each OFDMA symbol within the slot. The MSB of the bitmap corresponds to the first OFDM symbol within the slot. The OFDMA symbol(s) corresponding to the bit(s) with a bit value of 1 corresponds to the first symbol(s) of the CORESET within the slot.
  • - searchSpaceType Indicates whether the SS type is CSS or USS.
  • a UE can monitor PDCCH candidates in one or more SS sets within a slot.
  • An opportunity e.g., time/frequency resources
  • PDCCH (monitoring) opportunity is defined as a PDCCH (monitoring) opportunity.
  • PDCCH (monitoring) opportunities can be configured within a slot.
  • DM-RS and UCI are configured in TDM format on different OFDM symbols, with UCI multiplying a specific sequence with modulation (e.g., QPSK) symbols.
  • Cyclic Shift (CS)/Orthogonal Cover Code (OCC) is applied to both UCI and DM-RS to support CDM between multiple PUCCH resources (following PUCCH Format 1) (within the same RB).
  • DMRS and UCI are configured/mapped in FDM form within the same symbol, and are transmitted by applying only IFFT without DFT to the encoded UCI bits.
  • DMRS and UCI are configured/mapped to different symbols in TDM format, and transmitted by applying DFT to the corrupted UCI bits.
  • OCC is applied to UCI at the DFT front end, and CS (or IFDM mapping) is applied to DMRS to support multiplexing to multiple terminals.
  • the UE uses Discontinuous Reception (DRX) in the RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE states to reduce power consumption.
  • DRX Discontinuous Reception
  • the UE performs DRX operations according to DRX configuration information.
  • On-duration the time that the terminal must attempt to receive the PDCCH is called On-duration, and On-duration is defined once per DRX cycle.
  • the UE can receive DRX configuration information from a base station (e.g., gNB) through RRC signaling and perform DRX operation by receiving (Long) DRX command MAC CE.
  • a base station e.g., gNB
  • DRX discontinuous Reception refers to an operation mode in which a UE (User Equipment) discontinuously receives/monitors a downlink channel to reduce battery consumption.
  • a UE configured for DRX can reduce power consumption by discontinuously receiving downlink signals.
  • DRX operation is performed in a DRX cycle, where On Duration represents a time interval that is periodically repeated.
  • DRX includes On Duration and Sleep Duration (or Opportunity for DRX).
  • On Duration represents the time interval during which the UE monitors the PDCCH to receive the PDCCH.
  • DRX can be performed in the RRC (Radio Resource Control)_IDLE State (or mode), RRC_INACTIVE State (or mode), or RRC_CONNECTED State (or mode). In the RRC_IDLE State and RRC_INACTIVE State, DRX is used to discontinuously receive a paging signal.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • RRC_Idle State A state in which a wireless connection (RRC connection) is not established between the base station and the terminal.
  • RRC connection A wireless connection (RRC connection) is established between the base station and the terminal, but the wireless connection is inactive.
  • RRC_Connected state A wireless connection (RRC connection) is established between the base station and the terminal.
  • DRX is basically divided into Idle mode DRX, Connected DRX (C-DRX), and Extended DRX.
  • DRX applied in the RRC IDLE state is called IDLE mode DRX
  • DRX applied in the RRC CONNECTED state is called Connected mode DRX (C-DRX).
  • eDRX Extended/enhanced DRX
  • IDLE mode DRX C-DRX.
  • SIB1 system information
  • SIB1 may include an eDRX-Allowed parameter.
  • the eDRX-Allowed parameter is a parameter indicating whether IDLE mode extended DRX is allowed.
  • a paging opportunity may be a time interval (e.g., a slot or a subframe) during which a Paging-Radio Network Temporary Identifier (P-RNTI) based Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) may be transmitted.
  • P-RNTI Paging-Radio Network Temporary Identifier
  • the P-RNTI based PDCCH may address/schedule paging messages.
  • the PO may indicate the starting subframe for PDCCH repetition.
  • a paging frame is a radio frame that may contain one or more paging opportunities.
  • the UE may be configured to monitor only one PO per DRX cycle.
  • the PF and/or PO may be determined based on DRX parameters provided via network signaling (e.g., system information).
  • 'PDCCH' may refer to MPDCCH, NPDCCH, and/or general PDCCH.
  • 'UE' may refer to MTC UE, BL (Bandwidth Reduced Low Complexity)/CE (Coverage Enhanced) UE, NB-IoT UE, RedCap (RedCap) UE, general UE, and/or IAB-MT (Mobile Termination).
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a method for performing IDLE mode DRX operation.
  • the UE receives IDLE mode DRX configuration information from the base station through upper layer signaling (e.g., system information) (S110).
  • upper layer signaling e.g., system information
  • the UE determines a Paging Frame (PF) and a Paging Occasion (PO) for monitoring the PDCCH in the paging DRX cycle based on the IDLE mode DRX configuration information (S120).
  • the DRX cycle includes an On Duration and a Sleep Duration (or an Opportunity for DRX).
  • the UE monitors the PDCCH in the PO of the determined PF (S130). Meanwhile, the UE monitors only one time interval (PO) per paging DRX cycle.
  • the time interval may be a slot or a subframe.
  • the UE can transition to connected mode and transmit and receive data with the base station.
  • a PDCCH more precisely, a CRC of the PDCCH
  • the UE can transition to connected mode and transmit and receive data with the base station.
  • Figure 6 is a diagram showing an example of IDLE mode DRX operation.
  • paging occurs toward the UE.
  • the UE wakes up every (paging) DRX cycle and monitors the PDCCH.
  • the UE transitions to the Connected state and receives data. Otherwise, the UE may enter sleep mode again.
  • C-DRX is DRX applied in RRC Connected State.
  • the DRX cycle of C-DRX can be configured as a short DRX cycle and/or a long DRX cycle.
  • the short DRX cycle is optional.
  • the UE When C-DRX is configured, the UE performs PDCCH monitoring during the On Duration. If a PDCCH is successfully detected during PDCCH monitoring, the UE operates (or runs) the Inactive Timer and remains in the Awake State. On the other hand, if no PDCCH is successfully detected during PDCCH monitoring, the UE enters the Sleep State after the On Duration ends.
  • PDCCH reception Occasions e.g., slots with PDCCH search spaces/candidates
  • PDCCH reception Occasions may be configured discontinuously based on the C-DRX configuration.
  • PDCCH reception Occasions e.g., slots with PDCCH search spaces/candidates
  • PDCCH monitoring may be limited to a time interval set as a Measurement Gap regardless of the C-DRX configuration.
  • Figure 7 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a method for performing a C-DRX operation.
  • the UE receives RRC signaling (e.g., MAC-MainConfig IE) containing DRX configuration information from the base station (S310).
  • RRC signaling e.g., MAC-MainConfig IE
  • the DRX configuration information may include the following information.
  • - on-duration The period (duration) during which the UE waits to receive a PDCCH after waking up. If the UE successfully decodes the PDCCH, the UE stays awake and starts the drx-inactivity timer.
  • the period (Duration) at which the DRX Cycle starts for example, it can mean the time period that should be continuously monitored from the start of the DRX cycle, and can be expressed in ms.
  • Delay before drx-onDurationTimer starts; can be expressed in ms, or in multiples of 1/32ms.
  • the Active Time for the serving cell of the DRX group includes the following times:
  • the UE monitors the PDCCH during the ON Duration of the DRX cycle based on the DRX setting (S330).
  • Figure 8 is a diagram showing an example of C-DRX operation.
  • Short DRX when the UE starts DRX mode, the UE first starts a Short DRX Cycle, and after the Short DRX Cycle ends, the UE starts a Long DRX Cycle.
  • the Long DRX Cycle is a multiple of the Short DRX Cycle. That is, the UE wakes up more frequently in the Short DRX Cycle.
  • the RRC Inactivity Timer expires, the UE transitions to the Idle state and performs Idle mode DRX operation.
  • Figure 9 illustrates a DRX Cycle.
  • the C-DRX operation was introduced to save power for the UE. If the UE does not receive a PDCCH within the on-duration defined for each DRX cycle, it enters sleep mode and does not perform transmission/reception until the next DRX cycle.
  • the Active time may be maintained (or increased) based on the operation of the inactivity timer, retransmission timer, etc. If no additional data is received within the Active time, the UE may perform a sleep operation until the next DRX operation.
  • a wake up signal is introduced to obtain additional power saving gains from the existing C-DRX operation.
  • the WUS may be used to indicate whether the UE should perform PDCCH monitoring during the on-duration of each DRX cycle (or multiple DRX cycles). If the UE does not detect a WUS in a designated or indicated WUS occasion, the UE may remain in sleep mode without performing PDCCH monitoring for one or more DRX cycles associated with the WUS.
  • Figure 10 is a diagram for explaining a method of monitoring DCI format 2_6.
  • the monitoring occasion for DCI format 2_6 can be determined by the ps-Offset indicated by the network and the Time Gap reported by the terminal.
  • the Time Gap reported by the terminal can be interpreted as a preparation period required for operation after the terminal wakes up.
  • the network can instruct the terminal to configure a search space (SS) set capable of monitoring DCI format 2_6.
  • the SS set configuration can instruct the terminal to monitor DCI format 2_6 through consecutive slots of a duration length at intervals of a monitoring periodicity.
  • the monitoring window for monitoring DCI format 2_6 is determined by the start point of the DRX cycle (e.g., the point where the on-duration timer starts) and the ps-Offset configured by the network.
  • PDCCH monitoring may not be required in the Time Gap section reported by the UE.
  • the SS Set monitoring occasion where the UE performs actual monitoring can be determined as the first Full Duration (i.e., Actual Monitoring Occasions in FIG. 10) within the monitoring window.
  • the base station can instruct the terminal whether to wake up or not in the next DRX cycle.
  • Energy conservation at base stations is a key consideration in wireless communication systems, including 3GPP, as it can contribute to building eco-friendly networks by reducing carbon emissions and reducing the operational expenditure (OPEX) of telecommunications operators.
  • OPEX operational expenditure
  • 5G communications will require higher transmission rates, necessitating base stations to be equipped with more antennas and provide services over wider bandwidths and frequency bands. Consequently, recent studies have shown that base station energy costs have reached up to 20% of total OPEX. This heightened interest in base station energy conservation has led to the approval of a new study item, "Study on Network Energy Savings," in certain scenarios (e.g., 3GPP NR Release 18).
  • the base station identifies the NES solution(s) to be applied.
  • the NES solution(s) may be related to control of signal transmission and reception (e.g., on/off), beam operation, handover procedures, channel measurement and reporting, etc.
  • the NES solution(s) to be applied may be adaptively selected or predefined based on the current situation (e.g., cell load level, characteristics of connected terminals, etc.).
  • the base station that identified the NES solution(s) performs signaling for the NES.
  • the specific signaling procedure may vary depending on the identified NES solution(s).
  • the base station may transmit common information about the NES solution(s), transmit configuration information necessary for NES operation to at least one terminal, or transmit control information regarding the progress of the NES operation to at least one terminal.
  • the base station may receive capability information related to the NES from at least one terminal. Thereafter, the base station performs operations for the NES. At this time, the base station may perform the operations for the NES based on the previously performed signaling. That is, based on the system information, configuration information, and control information transmitted through signaling, the base station can turn on/off transmission and reception of a specific signal, turn on/off elements in the spatial domain, or adjust resources for transmission and reception of a measurement signal.
  • a RAN node can request a neighboring RAN node to switch at least one SSB beam into its inactive cell, or can perform paging using a limited set of beams to an inactive terminal (e.g., a stationary terminal).
  • NG-RAN nodes that own capacity booster cells can autonomously transition those cells to an inactive state.
  • the base station can configure intra-band CA or inter-band CA including the SCell without SSB transmission, in which case the SSB/SIB transmission can be triggered by the WUS (wake up signal) of the UE. Accordingly, since the period of common channels/signals such as SSB is increased, the base station can stay in the sleep state for a longer time.
  • SSB or SMTC SSB-based RRM measurement timing configuration
  • a periodic cell DTX/DRX pattern (e.g., active and inactive periods) can be commonly set for terminals within a cell having the corresponding feature.
  • the cell DTX pattern and the cell DRX pattern can be set and activated separately, and up to two cell DTX/DRX patterns can be set per MAC entity.
  • at least one of monitoring for SPS opportunities or monitoring PDCCH can be stopped during the cell DTX inactivity period.
  • cell DRX is set and activated, at least one of transmission on CG resources or SR transmission can be stopped during the cell DRX inactivity period.
  • Cell DTX/DRX can be activated/deactivated via RRC signaling or L1 group common signaling.
  • Active duration is the period during which the UE receives a PDCCH or SPS opportunity and waits to transmit SR or CG, and cycle specifies the periodic repetition of the active duration and inactive duration.
  • parameters such as active duration and cycle are common. If the base station recognizes an emergency call or a public safety-related service (e.g., MPS or MCS), the network can release or deactivate the cell DTX/DRX configuration so as not to affect the service.
  • the connected mode DRX cycle of the UE may be a multiple of the cell DTX/DRX cycle, or vice versa.
  • CHO Conditional handover
  • the UE may be configured to report multiple CSI entries in a CSI report based on multiple sub-configurations.
  • Each sub-configuration corresponds to a spatial domain adaptation pattern (e.g., a subset of available spatial elements) and/or a power offset between a data channel (e.g., PDSCH) and CSI-RS.
  • a spatial domain adaptation pattern e.g., a subset of available spatial elements
  • a power offset between a data channel e.g., PDSCH
  • the CSI configuration, measurement, and/or reporting behavior may be affected.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining a method for performing communication based on cell DRX/DTX between a base station and a terminal.
  • base station DTX/DRX has been proposed for NES purposes.
  • the base station can reduce energy consumption by utilizing DTX transmission under low system load conditions by configuring cell DTX and setting the on-duration of C-DRX of terminals within the active period of the cell DTX.
  • the base station transmits system information to the terminal (S111), and the terminal checks information related to cell DTX/DRX.
  • the system information may include MIB (master information block), SIB1 (System information block1), etc.
  • the MIB may include information related to cell barring (e.g., cellBarred)
  • the SIB1 may include information related to the cell barring status (e.g., cellBarredNES).
  • cellBarred included in the MIB is set to a value indicating that it is not barred (e.g., notBarred)
  • the terminal may determine that the cell is not barred, regardless of whether it supports NES cell DTX/DRX.
  • a terminal that does not support NES cell DTX/DRX may determine that the cell is barred.
  • the terminal checks SIB1 to determine the cell barring status. If cellBarred of MIB is set to barred and cellBarredNES is absent in SIB1, the terminal supporting NES cell DTX/DRX can treat the cell as barred and perform cell reselection to another cell. On the other hand, if cellBarred of MIB is set to barred and cellBarredNES is included in SIB1, the terminal supporting NES cell DTX/DRX can determine that the cell is not barred.
  • the terminal has the capability to support NES cell DTX/DRX, and cellBarred in MIB is set to notBarred , or It is assumed that cellBarred of MIB is barred and cellBarredNES is included in SIB1. Accordingly, the terminal performs a random access procedure to access the base station (S112), and can perform communication thereafter. At this time, the base station performs a cell DTX/DRX operation and transmits configuration information related to the cell DTX/DRX operation to the terminal (S113).
  • the configuration information related to the cell DTX/DRX operation includes at least one parameter related to the cell DTX/DRX, and may include, for example, at least one of an on-duration timer, a cycle start offset, a slot offset, a configuration type (e.g., DTX, DRX, or DTX-DRX), and an activation status of the DTX/DRX (e.g., active, inactive). Additionally, the configuration information may further include information for receiving and interpreting cell DRX/DRX related control information (e.g. DCI related information) (see TS 38.331 CellDTXDRX-Config ).
  • DCI related information see TS 38.331 CellDTXDRX-Config
  • the base station transmits control information related to cell DTX/DRX to the terminal (S115).
  • the control information related to cell DTX/DRX may include DCI having a designated format (e.g., format 2_9). If an operation for a serving cell according to at least one of the cell DTX operation and the cell DRX operation is configured by configuration information (e.g., cellDTXDRX -Config ), the terminal may check a set of search spaces (e.g., a Type3-PDCCH CSS set) for monitoring a PDCCH conveying control information of a designated format during an active time through a higher layer parameter (e.g., SearchSpace), and may obtain a location of information about the serving cell within the control information through a higher layer parameter (e.g., positionInDCI-cellDTRX ). Then, the terminal may obtain control information based on the identified set of search spaces and location.
  • a set of search spaces e.g., a Type3-PDCCH CSS set
  • Control information related to cell DTX/DRX may be used to indicate activation or deactivation of cell DTX and/or cell DRX, and/or to provide an NES-mode indicator, and may include, for example, at least one block including a cell DTX/DRX indicator and an NES-mode indicator.
  • the serving cell is configured as a SUL (supplementary uplink) carrier
  • the indication of activation or deactivation of cell DRX by the cell DTX/DRX indicator may be applied to both the UL carrier and the SUL carrier.
  • the DCI format 2_9 related to this can be defined as shown in Table 6 below.
  • DCI Format 2_9 is used for activating or de-activating the cell DTX and/or DRX configuration of one or multiple serving cells for one or more UEs, and/or for providing NES-mode indication of the primary cell for one or more UEs.
  • the following information is transmitted by means of the DCI format 2_9 with CRC scrambled by cellDTRX: - block number 1, block number 2,..., block number N where the starting position of a block associated with a serving cell is determined by the parameter positionInDCI-cellDTRX provided by higher layers for the UE.
  • one or more blocks are configured for the UE by higher layers, with the following fields defined for each block: - Cell DTX/DRX indication - number of bits determined by the following: - If higher layer parameter cellDTXDRX-L1activation is configured - 2 bits as defined in Clause 11.5 of [5, TS38.213] if cellDTXDRXconfigType is configured to dtxdrx for the associated serving cell of the block, with the MSB corresponding to cell DTX configuration and the LSB corresponding to cell DRX configuration; - 1 bit as defined in Clause 11.5 of [5, TS38.213] if cellDTXDRXconfigType is configured to either dtx or drx for the associated serving cell of the block; - 0 bit otherwise.
  • - NES-mode indication - 1 bit indicating NES-specific CHO execution condition as defined in Clause 11.5 of [5, TS38.213], if the higher layer parameter nesEvent is configured and the associated serving cell of the block is primary cell; 0 bit otherwise.
  • the size of DCI format 2_9 is indicated by the higher layer parameter sizeDCI-2-9 .
  • the terminal and the base station can perform communication based on the cell DTX/DRX. Specifically, the base station can turn on/off the transmission and reception of signals according to the settings related to the cell DTX/DRX, and accordingly, the terminal can selectively monitor the signal from the base station. During the DTX-OFF, the base station enters a sleep mode to reduce energy consumption. At this time, the base station DTX cycle can be aligned with the cycle of the terminal DRX. The base station DTX-ON can completely cover the DRX-ON of the terminal. Furthermore, the base station can align the transmission of Xn/NG and the transmission of Uu for the purpose of NES.
  • the DTX/DRX mechanism triggers the switching of reference signal resource set groups, and the base station can perform a dormancy-like behavior of sparsely transmitting or not transmitting SSB, SIB, and CSI-RS to reduce energy consumption.
  • the terminal may sparsely receive or not receive a downlink signal/channel depending on the settings of the base station.
  • a work item (WI) titled “Enhancements of network energy savings for NR” has been additionally approved for a given scenario (3GPP NR release 19). Specifically, the following enhancement techniques are being considered for the given scenario, as shown in Table 7.
  • the objectives of the work items are the following: 1. Specify procedures and signaling method(s) to support on-demand SSB SCell operation for UEs in connected mode configured with CA, for both intra-/inter-band CA. [RAN1/2/3/4] - Specify triggering method(s) (select from UE uplink wake-up-signal using an existing signal/channel, cell on/off indication via backhaul, Scell activation/deactivation signaling) - Note1: On-demand SSB transmission can be used by UE for at least SCell time/frequency synchronization, L1/L3 measurements and SCell activation, and is supported for FR1 and FR2 in non-shared spectrum. 2.
  • a method to reduce energy consumption by having a base station transmit SSB on a specific cell through an on-demand SSB process and not transmit SSB on that cell when an on-demand SSB process is not available can be discussed.
  • SSB must be transmitted periodically and always for purposes such as time/frequency synchronization or RRM (Radio Resource Management), making it difficult to reduce energy consumption even when the base station has no data to receive or send.
  • RRM Radio Resource Management
  • the base station can reduce base station energy consumption by not performing SSB transmission until the on-demand SSB process is involved and then performing SSB transmission.
  • the on-demand SSB process can be triggered using one of the following methods:
  • the terminal requests SSB transmission from the base station by transmitting an uplink signal/channel (e.g., PRACH, PUCCH, PUSCH, SRS in the NR system).
  • an uplink signal/channel e.g., PRACH, PUCCH, PUSCH, SRS in the NR system.
  • the given scenario (3GPP NR release 19) is limited to on-demand SSB operation for connected mode terminals and SCells, but in future releases or next generation communication systems, on-demand SSB operation (for SSB transmission on PCell) considering inactive or idle mode terminals or initially connected terminals may be defined.
  • CA carrier aggregation
  • CA carrier aggregation
  • the SCell can be applied to both intra-band CA and inter-band CA, and the SSB on the SCell transmitted through the on-demand SSB process can be utilized for at least functionality such as time/frequency synchronization, L1/L3 measurement, and SCell activation.
  • Figure 12 is a diagram for explaining transmission of On-demand SIB1.
  • SIB1 which contains system information, random access information, etc. for initial connection or idle mode terminals to access the cell, had to be provided periodically, so it was difficult to reduce energy consumption even when the base station had no data to receive or send.
  • a method was introduced in which the base station does not perform SIB1 transmission and only performs SIB1 transmission when an on-demand SIB1 process is involved, thereby reducing base station energy consumption.
  • the on-demand SIB1 process can be triggered by the base station transmitting an uplink signal/channel (e.g., PRACH in the NR system).
  • an uplink signal/channel e.g., PRACH in the NR system
  • the terminal may receive an SSB (and/or another downlink signal/channel) from cell#1 and recognize that SIB1 is not transmitted on the cell#1.
  • the terminal may transmit a signal requesting SIB1 (hereinafter, for convenience of explanation, the signal is defined as a WUS, wake-up signal) based on information provided in the SSB (and/or another downlink signal/channel) and/or predetermined information, thereby triggering transmission of SIB1 related to the cell#1.
  • the base station or cell#1 that receives the WUS may transmit a specific DL signal/channel on cell#1 in response to the WUS, and may transmit SIB1 on cell#1 (or without transmitting the corresponding DL signal/channel).
  • the terminal may receive an SSB (and/or another downlink signal/channel such as SIB1) from cell#1, recognize that SIB1 is not transmitted on cell#2, and attempt camp-on via cell#2.
  • the terminal may transmit a signal (e.g., WUS) requesting SIB1 related to cell#2 on cell#1 based on information provided in the received SSB (and/or another downlink signal/channel such as SIB1) and/or predetermined information, thereby triggering transmission of SIB1 for cell#2.
  • the base station receiving the WUS may transmit a specific DL signal/channel (on cell#1 or cell#2) in response to the WUS, and may transmit SIB1 for cell#2 on cell#1 or cell#2 (or without transmitting the DL signal/channel).
  • the terminal may receive an SSB (and/or other downlink signal/channel such as SIB1) from cell#1, recognize that SIB1 is not transmitted on cell#2, and attempt camp-on via cell#2.
  • the terminal may trigger transmission of SIB1 for cell#2 by transmitting a WUS, which is a signal requesting SIB1, on cell#2 based on information provided in the received SSB (and/or other downlink signal/channel such as SIB1) and/or predetermined information.
  • the base station may transmit a specific DL signal/channel on cell#2 in response to the WUS, and may transmit SIB1 for cell#2 on cell#2 (or without transmitting the corresponding DL signal/channel).
  • the transmission pattern of SSB may be related to the transmission period, the period for each SSB candidate index, the SSB candidate index(es) transmitted within one transmission period, the transmission power, etc.
  • controlling the amount of PRACH resources may be done by controlling the period of the PRACH resources, controlling the amount of resources by pre-configuring PRACH resource sets #1 and #2 and indicating whether to activate at least one of them, or providing the corresponding RACH (or PRACH) resource amount uniformly or non-uniformly for each SSB index.
  • paging frames PFs
  • POs paging occasions
  • the terminal attempted to receive paging at a specific PF/PO derived from a formula based on its ID. From the base station's perspective, if paging was to be transmitted to multiple terminals simultaneously, the paging had to be transmitted frequently by waking up.
  • a method for reducing the base station energy consumption caused by this a method of arranging PFs and/or POs for paging reception as close to the time axis as possible or arranging different frequency axis resources within the same time may be considered.
  • base stations must be equipped with more antennas and provide services across wider bandwidths and frequency bands. Recent studies have shown that base station energy costs can account for up to 20% of total operational expenditures (OPEX). To build eco-friendly networks by reducing carbon emissions and lowering operating expenses (OPEX) for telecommunications operators, energy conservation at base stations is a key consideration in wireless communication systems, including 3GPP.
  • spatial and power domain techniques to enable efficient adaptation of spatial elements, efficient adaptation of power offset values between PDSCH and CSI-RS, mechanisms to prevent camping of legacy UEs in cells where NES techniques are adopted for a given scenario (Rel-18), improvements to CHO procedures, inter-node beam activation and improvements to limit paging in a limited area, and corresponding RRM/RF core requirements.
  • 3GPP Rel-19 WI aims to adopt additional technologies that can achieve network energy saving benefits by targeting beneficial technologies that have been studied in 3GPP Rel-18 but not yet adopted (e.g., on-demand SSB and on-demand SIB1 transmission, adaptation of common signal/channel transmission, etc.).
  • the UE can receive the configuration information (e.g., time/frequency resources related to the PRACH) required to transmit the PRACH through the SIB1 of the base station or UE-specific RRC signaling, and can transmit the PRACH at RO (RACH occasions).
  • the base station must wake up for each RO to monitor the PRACH of the UE in order to receive the PRACH that the UE may transmit. Therefore, if the RO period set for the UE is short, the energy consumption of the base station may be relatively greater than if the RO period is set long. However, if the ROs are set with an excessively long period to save the energy of the base station, there may be no RO resources near the time when the UE needs to transmit the PRACH for cell access.
  • the UE may have to wait until the next RO resource becomes available before transmitting the PRACH, which may significantly increase the access delay of the UE to the cell. Delay in accessing such cells can lead to scheduling delays for the terminals, which can significantly degrade the performance of the terminals.
  • the base station may have a small number of terminals in connected mode (or RRC connected mode), or there may be a time period when there is temporarily no data activity.
  • the base station can save energy by switching to sleep mode, but it must wake up frequently and monitor the PRACH to check if there is a PRACH transmitted by the terminal in the periodically configured RO.
  • it is difficult to expect a significant energy saving benefit because the base station cannot remain in sleep mode for a long time. Therefore, in such cases (e.g., when the number of terminals in the RRC connected state is below a certain threshold, or there is a time period when there is no data activity), setting a long RO period may be advantageous in terms of energy saving of the base station.
  • Method #1 A method in which the terminal receives (separately) a default RO (relatively sparse RO) setting for legacy UEs (terminals that do not support the R19 NES feature) from the base station and an additional NES RO (e.g., additional RO) setting for NES UEs (terminals that support the R19 NES feature).
  • a default RO relatively sparse RO
  • additional NES RO e.g., additional RO
  • Method #1 may be a method that can expect a certain level of energy saving benefit for the base station without causing too long terminal connection delay.
  • a method can be considered to configure a default RO (relatively sparse RO) for legacy UEs and an additional NES RO (i.e., additional RO) for NES UEs (terminals supporting the R19 NES feature).
  • the NES_RO configuration may be included in the default RO configuration and configured together, or may be configured separately.
  • the RO for legacy UEs (RO configuration) may mean RO resources for Rel-15 4-step RACH, RO resources for Rel-16 2-step RACH, RO resources for Rel-17 Redcap UEs, or RO resources for Rel-18 CE (coverage enhancement).
  • An NES UE (or NES aware UE, a UE supporting Rel-19 NES) can be configured by the base station whether only the NES RO is available among the configured ROs, or whether both the default RO and the NES RO are available. If there is no such configuration, the NES UE can interpret/assume that both the default RO and the NES RO are available. For example, the NES UE can be provided with information about the default RO configuration and at least one NES RO configuration (or additional RO configuration), and can be instructed by the base station whether only the additional ROs (or NES ROs) according to the NES RO configuration are available among the two configurations, or whether all ROs according to the two configurations are available.
  • the NES UE can determine/determine that all ROs according to the default RO configuration and the NES RO configuration are available. Even if both the default RO and the NES RO are configured/instructed to be used, the NES RO may be normally deactivated. In this case, all terminals (e.g., both legacy UEs and NES UEs) can use only ROs according to the default RO setting, and NES RO can be activated dynamically by the base station (upon request of the terminal). Alternatively, when (de)activation of NES RO is indicated, (de)activation of default RO can be indicated together or separately.
  • the terminal may be configured with a NES RO using a time/frequency-offset by default RO/default RO group (or association period).
  • the terminal may be configured with corresponding NES ROs by default RO based on the time/frequency offset.
  • the association period may mean a time period in which an SSB is periodically mapped to an RO during SSB-to-RO mapping, such as ⁇ 10, 20, 40, 80, 160ms ⁇ . If the time/frequency-offset for a specific default RO (group) or association period is set to 0 (or if the offset is not set), it may be determined/considered that an NES RO corresponding to the specific default RO or association period is not additionally configured.
  • the NES ROs configured for the NES UE may be adjusted by association pattern period (e.g., at least one association period) or by association period unit.
  • the base station may group multiple association pattern periods (or multiple association periods) into one group and configure/instruct the UE not to use all NES ROs within a specific group, or may configure/instruct the UE to always use NES ROs within some association periods within the group as default ROs for RACH transmission.
  • the base station/NES cell may also indicate which NES ROs within the association period group or association pattern period are available ROs.
  • the base station may indicate to the UE whether NES ROs are activated or available for use in units of the association period or at least one association period.
  • the base station may configure the ROs in the NES RO configuration so that they do not overlap with the ROs in the default RO configuration in terms of time/frequency resources, or may intentionally configure the NES ROs so that specific NES ROs in the NES_RO configuration include all ROs in the default RO configuration.
  • the UE may independently perform SSB-to-RO mapping for each of the default RO and the NES RO.
  • the beam directions between the overlapping default RO and the NES RO may be configured to always be the same.
  • the configuration of the default RO may be configured/defined to always be considered to have a higher priority than the NES RO.
  • This may be a method (e.g., legacy SSB-to-RO mapping is prioritized) to ensure that the SSB index determined by the legacy SSB-to-RO mapping method is mapped to the NES ROs (e.g., NES ROs overlapping with the default RO).
  • the UE may perform separate SSB-to-RO mapping only for NES ROs, but may perform SSB-to-RO mapping only for the remaining NES ROs, excluding NES ROs that are set to overlap with the default RO among the NES ROs.
  • SSB-to-RO mapping for NES ROs may also be performed based on whether they overlap with a default RO.
  • the UE may be configured/instructed to use the beam direction of the overlapping default RO for the at least one overlapping RO (e.g., this has the effect of puncturing a specific beam direction in the NES ROs).
  • SSB-to-RO mapping may be performed on the remaining NES ROs excluding the NES ROs that are configured to overlap with the default RO among the NES ROs according to the NES RO configuration.
  • the excluded NES ROs may be configured/instructed to use the beam direction of the default RO (e.g., this has the effect of postponing a specific beam direction in the NES ROs).
  • the association period of the NES RO may be defined/configured to follow the association period of the default RO, or may be defined/configured to be less than or equal to the association period of the default RO.
  • overlapping between a default RO and a NES RO may occur when both time and frequency resources overlap, or when frequency resources are different but only time resources overlap. Accordingly, the SSB-to-RO mapping method described above may be applied differently depending on the overlapping case/pattern between the ROs, as follows.
  • separate SSB-to-RO mapping can be performed only for NES ROs.
  • the terminal can perform SSB-to-RO mapping only for the remaining NES ROs, excluding the NES RO set to overlap with the default RO among the NES ROs.
  • the terminal can determine that the NES RO set to overlap with the default RO is an invalid RO and perform SSB-to-RO mapping only for the remaining NES ROs, excluding the NES RO set to overlap with the default RO among the NES ROs.
  • the terminal may be instructed/configured to perform SSB-to-RO mapping for NES ROs that also include at least one NES RO that is set to overlap with a default RO, and to set the beam direction for said at least one RO to the beam direction of the overlapping default RO (in this case, this has the effect of puncturing a specific beam direction in the NES ROs).
  • the terminal may perform SSB-to-RO mapping for the remaining NES ROs, excluding at least one NES RO that overlaps with a default RO among the NES ROs.
  • the excluded at least one NES RO may be set/instructed to use the beam direction of the overlapping default RO (in this case, there is an effect that a specific beam direction is postponed in the NES ROs).
  • the terminal may determine that at least one NES RO among the NES ROs that is set to overlap with the default RO is an invalid RO, and perform SSB-to-RO mapping only for the remaining NES ROs excluding the NES RO.
  • the beam direction of the NES RO when changing the beam direction of the NES RO to the beam direction of the default RO, there may be multiple SSB indices linked to the default RO corresponding to the (time) resource overlapping with the NES RO.
  • the beam direction of the NES RO may be set/indicated as a specific SSB index among the SSB indices linked to the default RO (e.g., always the lowest/highest SSB index among the plurality of SSB indices).
  • the beam direction of the NES RO may be defined in advance through a standard document, etc.
  • the terminal may process the NES RO as an invalid RO.
  • the SSB-to-RO mapping method that takes into account the overlap with the default RO can also be applied to cases where only some SSB indices, not the entire SSB index, are mapped to the NES RO (e.g., an additional RO).
  • the entire SSB indices may refer to the SSB indices set via the ssb-PositionsInBurst parameter.
  • a time gap for beam switching may be defined when the beam directions between the default RO and the NES RO are different.
  • a time gap for beam switching e.g., beam switching between the beam direction of a specific NES RO that overlaps the default RO and the beam direction of a NES RO that does not overlap the default RO
  • the size of the pre-set/defined time gap also needs to be additionally considered.
  • the size of the time gap may be compared with a time gap that is defined in advance (such as in a standard)/set/instructed by the base station. If the time gap between the default RO and the NES RO is less than the value of the configured time gap, the terminal may consider that there is an overlap between the default RO and the NES RO in the time domain and apply the above-described methods, or the NES RO may be processed/judged as an invalid RO.
  • the default RO and the NES RO may be considered/processed as overlapping each other.
  • Method #2 How to dynamically receive an activation instruction for the NES RO (or NES RO settings) set by the base station.
  • a UE may receive a specific RNTI/CORESET/SS (search space) set for monitoring (GC-)DCI from a base station to indicate activation of a NES RO (or a NES RO configuration/parameter set).
  • the DCI may be a group-common (GC) DCI of the DCI format 2_x series, or a UE-specific DCI.
  • (group-common) MAC-CE may be used to indicate activation of the NES RO (or a NES RO configuration/parameter set).
  • reserved bits of a specific DCI format e.g., DCI format 1_0
  • DCI format 1_0 may be utilized to indicate (de)activation of the NES RO.
  • a specific RNTI/CORESET/SS set may be set for the terminal to receive DCI (DCI format 1_0) that indicates activation/deactivation only for the NES RO setting among the default RO setting (or default RO parameter set) and the NES RO setting (or NES RO parameter set).
  • DCI DCI format 1_0
  • P-RNTI Paging-Radio Network Temporary Identifier
  • the terminal may receive an indication of whether to activate the NES RO or the NES RO setting based on DCI format 1_0 having a CRC scrambled with the P-RNTI.
  • the default RO setting or the default RO parameter set is not activated/deactivated by the DCI, and if set, may be used for transmission of a PRACH or a PRACH preamble.
  • the terminal may receive a (de)activation instruction for at least one NES RO previously configured via a specific field/bit in the (GC-)DCI.
  • the terminal may receive an instruction for switching from a (currently activated) first NES RO (or NES RO configuration/parameter set) to a second NES RO (or NES RO configuration/parameter set) via the DCI (e.g., DCI format 1_0) or MAC-CE.
  • the base station may be instructed to (de)activate a NES RO (or NES RO configuration/parameter set) using a field consisting of 1 bit in the GC-DCI. For example, if the value of the 1-bit field is 0, activation of the NES RO (or NES RO setting/parameter set) may be indicated, and if the value of the 1-bit field is 0, deactivation of the NES RO (or NES RO setting/parameter set) may be indicated. At this time, each of the NES RO settings may have a different RO cycle/pattern, etc., and it may also be possible to indicate switching between RO settings by deactivating the default RO and activating the NES RO.
  • an activation instruction of a specific state that may be indicated by (GC-DCI) may mean activation of the default RO + activation of the NES RO (or deactivation of the default RO + activation of the NES RO), and an instruction of deactivation may mean activation of the default RO + deactivation of the NES RO.
  • the DCI indicating whether to activate the NES RO may be configured similarly to the DCI format 2_9 indicating (de)activation of the R18 NES cell DTX/DRX setting.
  • each bit of a bitmap (btmap) included in the DCI may be associated with a specific RO setting.
  • the bitmap may be set to indicate (de)activation of NES RO setting #1, NES RO setting #2, and NES RO setting #3 in order from the left bit.
  • the bitmap may be set to indicate (de)activation of default RO, NES RO setting #1, and NES RO setting #2 in order from the left bit.
  • the bit/field associated with cell #1 in the bitmap may be used to instruct (de)activation of NES RO setting #1 and NES RO setting #2 of cell #1, respectively, and the bit/field associated with cell #2 may be used to instruct (de)activation of NES RO setting #1 and NES RO setting #2 of cell #2, respectively.
  • the bit/field associated with cell #1 in the bitmap may be used to instruct (de)activation of default RO and RO setting #1 of cell #1, respectively, and the bit/field associated with cell #2 may be used to instruct (de)activation of default RO and RO setting #1 of cell #2, respectively.
  • the indicated specific NES RO setting may be applied (or ROs according to the specific NES RO may be regarded as available or usable ROs) after a point in time/time (e.g., T symbol/slot) defined/set in advance (in a standard document, etc.) from the time of reception of (GC-)DCI or MAC-CE.
  • the terminal may perform RACH or PRACH transmission using NES ROs according to the specific NES RO setting after the predefined time from the time of reception of the DCI.
  • the specific NES RO setting may be considered as deactivated immediately upon reception/indication of (GC-)DCI or MAC-CE, without considering the application delay of the terminal, etc.
  • the activation/deactivation time point of the specific NES RO setting indicated via (GC-)DCI or MAC-CE may be determined based on an index of one candidate indicated via (GC-)DCI or MAC-CE among pre-configured application time point/time candidates.
  • the specific NES RO may be set/instructed to be applied (or activated) from the associated (pattern) period after the time point/time indicated by (GC-)DCI (or MAC-CE).
  • the valid time of the NES RO configuration for which activation is indicated may be until the next (GC-)DCI or MAC-CE indication is received.
  • a timer or valid duration defined/set in advance (in a standard document, etc.) may be applied.
  • the activation indication for the specific NES RO configuration may be considered valid while the timer is running (or within the valid duration).
  • the value of the timer may be directly indicated via the (GC-)DCI or MAC-CE among multiple timer (or valid duration) candidate values that are set in advance.
  • the timer expires (or the valid duration has elapsed)
  • it may automatically fallback to the previous NES RO configuration that was activated before the (GC-)DCI or MAC-CE indication was received.
  • the specific NES RO setting whose activation was instructed may always be switched (or activated/deactivated) to the default NES RO setting.
  • the validity time of the specific NES RO setting whose activation was instructed may be set/instructed in units of an associated (pattern) period.
  • the terminal may be configured to divide a specific time interval (defined/set) in advance into N, and dynamically be instructed on the availability of NES RO (or NES RO setting) for each divided time interval. For example, if the default RO setting and NES RO setting #1 are set, the 160ms time interval may be divided into 20ms units, and the activation or availability of NES RO setting for each 20ms time interval may be instructed through a bitmap consisting of 8 bits in (GC-)DCI.
  • the NES RO or NES RO configuration may be indicated as available when retransmission of RACH (PRACH, MSG A, MSG 1) is required.
  • the UE may be dynamically indicated whether the NES RO is available and its valid duration/timer via the DCI scheduling the retransmission of RACH (PRACH, MSG A, MSG 1).
  • the UE may be indicated as to whether the NES RO/NES RO configuration is available for retransmission of RACH (PRACH, MSG A, MSG 1) and information about the valid duration of the NES RO via the DCI scheduling the retransmission of RACH (PRACH, MSG A, MSG 1).
  • the UE may be configured/instructed to perform retransmission of the RACH (or PRACH) via a default RO.
  • the UE may consider it as a failure of the RACH (or PRACH) transmission (e.g., the maximum number of retransmissions (max counter) has been reached).
  • an NES RO may suddenly become available at the time of retransmission of the RACH (or PRACH) after a failed transmission of the RACH via the default RO (e.g., a situation in which the NES RO becomes available due to an instruction to activate the NES RO configuration via DCI after a failed transmission of the RACH).
  • the UE may be configured/instructed to use the NES RO with priority for retransmission of the RACH (or PRACH), or to use the default RO with priority for retransmission of the RACH (or PRACH) even if the NES RO exists.
  • the UE may be configured in advance by the base station which RO between the default RO and the NES RO to use with priority (for retransmission of the RACH (or PRACH)). If transmission of the RACH (or PRACH) fails a certain number of times (a pre-arranged/configured number of times/max counter) in the default RO, the UE may be configured/instructed to attempt (re)transmission of the RACH (or PRACH) by switching to the NES RO (or vice versa). Alternatively, the UE may be configured/instructed to perform initial transmission of the PRACH using only the default RO, and to use the NES RO together from the retransmission of the PRACH.
  • the availability and validity time (or timer) of the above-mentioned NES RO may be indicated by CFRA scheduling DCI (PDCCH ordered RACH procedure).
  • the terminal may receive an instruction for dynamic adaptation of the period of an SSB burst/SSB index/SSB index group through (GC-)DCI or MAC-CE, and the availability of the NES RO may also be dynamically indicated in the instruction for adaptation of the transmission period of SSB.
  • the base station can determine whether to activate/deactivate the NES RO based on the communication environment within the coverage. For example, the base station can instruct the activation of the NES RO if it is determined that the failure of RACH transmission from the terminal has become frequent based on the report of the transmission power (or power ramping counter) of the PRACH of the terminal. For example, the base station can determine that the failure of RACH transmission has become frequent if the number of UEs retransmitting the PRACH or the number of collisions between the terminals transmitting the RACH (e.g., the number of PRACHs having the same RAPID among the received PRACHs) is greater than a certain threshold based on the transmission power of the PRACH of the terminal.
  • the base station can determine whether to activate the NES RO based on the degree of RACH congestion periodically reported through a specific UL signal/channel.
  • the base station may receive information/signal requesting activation of NES RO from the terminal through a specific UL signal/channel configured in advance, and may indicate availability/activation of NES RO according to the request.
  • the NES terminal may request NES RO when retransmission of RACH is required, or may also perform a request for NES RO when transmitting RACH (or PRACH) for CBRA (contention based random access) or CFRA (contention free random access).
  • the request for NES RO for retransmission of RACH may be transmitted through RO/RAPID (Random Access Preamble ID) configured separately in advance, or a specific UL signal/channel (e.g., (SR) PUCCH, CG-PUSCH, P/SP-PUCCH/PUSCH).
  • the base station may configure/indicate whether the on-demand RO procedure can be performed and the resources related thereto (e.g., resources for the request of the NES RO) when instructing the activation of the SCell through SIB1, SCell configuration (addition/modification/release) or MAC-CE.
  • an additional RO for NES may be configured for the terminal via a higher layer signal such as RRC.
  • the terminal may be explicitly instructed/configured to activate/deactivate the additional RO (NES RO) configuration via a separate parameter.
  • the default state of the additional RO may be agreed/defined between the terminal and the base station to be activated (or deactivated).
  • the activation state of the additional RO/additional RO configuration may be indicated via DCI or MAC-CE.
  • the deactivation state of the additional RO/additional RO configuration may be indicated via an additional DCI.
  • the terminal may be explicitly instructed which additional RO among the multiple additional RO settings is initially activated. For example, the terminal may determine the additional RO setting with the highest or lowest index among the multiple additional RO settings as the initially activated additional RO setting, or may determine an additional RO explicitly indicated through a separate parameter as the initially activated additional RO.
  • the default additional RO setting may be (always) determined/considered to be in the enabled state by default even if there is no separate instruction/setting for the default state.
  • the default state of the default additional RO setting may be considered/defined to be in the enabled state, and the default additional RO/additional RO setting may be deactivated through a separate DCI.
  • a terminal may be configured with a priority order among ROs configured by a base station (e.g., default RO (configuration) and NES RO (configuration)) as to whether only NES RO is available, whether both default RO and NES RO are available, and/or which one between default RO and NES RO is available with priority.
  • a base station e.g., default RO (configuration) and NES RO (configuration)
  • the base station can predict in which RO the UE will transmit PRACH.
  • the NES RO also supports 2-step RACH (e.g., if the NES RO can transmit msgA PRACH/PUSCH for 2-step RACH procedure)
  • a separate MsgA PUSCH resource for the NES RO may not be configured separately.
  • the NES RO configuration can be set by indicating a specific time/frequency offset (default RO configuration + time/frequency offset) in relation to the default RO configuration, and msgA PUSCH resources for/related to the NES RO can be set based on the specific time/frequency offset.
  • the UE can determine/configure NES ROs by applying a specific time/frequency offset (e.g., an offset separately indicated for configuring NES RO) to the default RO configuration set by rach-ConfigCommon, and the UE can also determine msgA PUSCH resources for the NES RO by applying the specific time/frequency offset value to the msgA PUSCH resources set in the default RO.
  • a specific time/frequency offset e.g., an offset separately indicated for configuring NES RO
  • the UE can also determine msgA PUSCH resources for the NES RO by applying the specific time/frequency offset value to the msgA PUSCH resources set in the default RO.
  • the time/frequency offset for setting/determining msgA PRACH/PUSCH to be used in performing the 2-step RACH procedure via NES RO may be indicated separately from the time/frequency offset applied to the default RO for setting NES RO.
  • the proposed invention can expect a certain level of energy saving benefit for the base station without causing excessively long access delays for the terminals by additionally setting an additional NES RO (e.g., an additional RO) for the NES UE (a terminal supporting the R19 NES feature) in addition to setting a default RO (a relatively sparse RO) for the legacy UEs.
  • an additional NES RO e.g., an additional RO
  • a default RO a relatively sparse RO
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram for explaining a method for a UE to transmit a signal based on RACH resource configuration information.
  • a UE may be an NES aware UE capable of supporting the operation of a base station/cell performing NES operations.
  • the UE may be configured with both a default RO previously configured in relation to PRACH (e.g., an RO configured for a legacy UE that is not an NES aware UE) and an additional RO (or PRACH configuration) related to NES from a NES base station/NES cell (hereinafter, NES cell) performing NES operations.
  • the method described below is a method for the "Adaptation of PRACH for energy saving" described above, and even if some of the methods described in FIG. 13 are not explicitly described below, the methods described in "Adaptation of PRACH for energy saving" can be naturally applied.
  • a UE may receive RACH (Random Access Channel) resource configuration information that configures a default RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) and an additional RO related to NES (network energy saving) (S131).
  • RACH Random Access Channel
  • the RACH resource configuration information may configure at least one default RO and at least one additional RO.
  • the additional RO is an RO additionally configured for the UE, which is an NES aware UE, in relation to the NES operation/management of the base station, and may be defined as a NES RO.
  • the RACH resource configuration information may include a first parameter set that configures the default RO and a second parameter set that configures the additional RO, and a period of the NES RO may be shorter than a period of the default RO.
  • whether the additional RO is activated or not can be indicated through a DCI (Downlink Control Information) of a specific format.
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • whether the additional RO is activated/deactivated can be indicated through the DCI of the group common DCI format 1_0 as described above.
  • the UE can be indicated whether to activate or not through the reserved bits included in the DCI of the DCI format 1_0.
  • a Paging-Radio Network Temporary Identifier (P-RNTI) for indicating whether to activate the additional RO can be set as the specific RNTI, and the UE can be indicated whether to activate the additional RO only through the DCI of the DCI format 1_0 having a CRC scrambled with the P-RNTI.
  • the default RO unlike the additional RO, can always be used regardless of the DCI. In other words, the default RO can always be determined as a valid RO regardless of the indication of whether to activate or not through the DCI when set by the RACH resource configuration information.
  • the RACH resource configuration information may further include specific offset information (e.g., time and/or frequency offset) for configuring the additional RO based on the default RO.
  • specific offset information e.g., time and/or frequency offset
  • the UE may determine a default RO based on the RACH resource configuration information, and determine the additional RO by applying a specific offset included in the specific offset information to the determined default RO.
  • the RACH resource configuration information may further include priority information for setting a priority between the default RO and the additional RO, and the UE may determine an RO to be used for transmission of the PRACH among the default RO and the additional RO based on the priority information.
  • the UE can transmit a PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel) based on the RACH resource configuration information (S133). For example, if the additional RO is activated (e.g., if activation is indicated through a DCI related to paging), the UE can transmit the PRACH or PRACH preamble (a preamble for a determined RAPID for the UE) in an RO randomly selected (or instructed by the base station) from among the default RO and the additional RO. Alternatively, the UE can determine an RO to transmit the PRACH or PRACH preamble based on the SSB-to-RO mapping result for the default RO and the additional RO.
  • PRACH Physical Random Access Channel
  • the UE can transmit the PRACH or PRACH preamble in an RO mapped to the SSB index 1 among the default RO and the additional RO.
  • the UE may determine a beam direction for the additional RO through at least one of the SSB-to-RO mapping methods for the additional RO proposed in the above-described “Method #1” when the additional RO overlaps with the default RO. For example, the UE may determine/configure a plurality of default ROs including the default RO and a plurality of additional ROs including the additional RO based on the RACH resource configuration information. At this time, if a specific additional RO among the plurality of additional ROs overlaps with the default RO, the UE may consider the specific additional RO to be invalid and perform SSB-to-RO mapping for the remaining additional ROs.
  • the UE may perform SSB-to-RO mapping only for the remaining additional ROs excluding the specific additional RO among the plurality of additional ROs when the additional RO overlaps with the default RO.
  • the beam direction of the specific additional RO may be determined/considered to have the same beam direction as the beam direction for the default RO.
  • Figure 14 is a diagram for explaining a method for a base station to transmit RACH resource configuration information.
  • a base station/cell capable of performing an NES operation may transmit RACH resource configuration information to a UE that configures a default RO (e.g., a RO configured for a legacy UE that is not an NES aware UE) configured in relation to an existing PRACH and an additional RO (or, PRACH configuration) for an NES aware UE (S141).
  • a default RO e.g., a RO configured for a legacy UE that is not an NES aware UE
  • the RACH resource configuration information may configure at least one default RO and at least one additional RO.
  • the additional RO may be defined as an NES RO as an RO additionally configured for the UE that is an NES aware UE in relation to the NES operation/management of the base station.
  • the RACH resource configuration information may include a first parameter set that configures the default RO and a second parameter set that configures the additional RO, and a period of the NES RO may be shorter than a period of the default RO.
  • the base station can indicate whether to activate the additional RO through DCI (Downlink Control Information) of a specific format (S143). For example, the base station can indicate to the UE whether to activate the additional RO through reserved bits included in the DCI of the DCI format 1_0.
  • a Paging-Radio Network Temporary Identifier (P-RNTI) for indicating whether to activate the additional RO can be set as the specific RNTI, and the base station can indicate whether to activate the additional RO through DCI of the DCI format 1_0 having a CRC scrambled with the P-RNTI.
  • P-RNTI Paging-Radio Network Temporary Identifier
  • the RACH resource configuration information may further include specific offset information (e.g., time and/or frequency offset) for configuring the additional RO based on the default RO.
  • the RACH resource configuration information may further include priority information for configuring a priority between the default RO and the additional RO.
  • the base station can receive a PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel) based on the RACH resource configuration information (S145). For example, if the additional RO is activated (e.g., activation is indicated through a DCI related to paging), the base station can monitor the PRACH or PRACH preamble in the default RO and the additional RO.
  • PRACH Physical Random Access Channel
  • the base station may expect to determine the beam direction for the additional RO through at least one of the SSB-to-RO mapping methods for the additional RO proposed in “Method #1” described above when the additional RO overlaps with the default RO.
  • the proposed invention can quickly adjust the RO cycle according to the base station's situation by additionally setting an additional RO that is dynamically controlled in relation to the NES.
  • the proposed invention can effectively indicate whether to activate the additional RO through an existing DCI of a specific format, without defining a separate DCI.
  • the proposed invention can increase the energy saving benefit of the base station by setting a long default RO cycle, and can also effectively resolve the UE's connection delay problem due to the increase in the default RO cycle by dynamically adjusting the additional RO with a relatively short cycle according to the base station's situation.
  • Figure 15 illustrates a communication system applied to the present invention.
  • a communication system (1) applied to the present invention includes a wireless device, a base station, and a network.
  • the wireless device refers to a device that performs communication using a wireless access technology (e.g., 5G NR (New RAT), LTE (Long Term Evolution)) and may be referred to as a communication/wireless/5G device.
  • the wireless device may include a robot (100a), a vehicle (100b-1, 100b-2), an XR (eXtended Reality) device (100c), a hand-held device (100d), a home appliance (100e), an IoT (Internet of Things) device (100f), and an AI device/server (400).
  • the vehicle may include a vehicle equipped with a wireless communication function, an autonomous vehicle, a vehicle capable of performing vehicle-to-vehicle communication, etc.
  • the vehicle may include an Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) (e.g., a drone).
  • UAV Unmanned Aerial Vehicle
  • XR devices include AR (Augmented Reality)/VR (Virtual Reality)/MR (Mixed Reality) devices, and can be implemented in the form of HMD (Head-Mounted Device), HUD (Head-Up Display) installed in a vehicle, television, smartphone, computer, wearable device, home appliance, digital signage, vehicle, robot, etc.
  • HMD Head-Mounted Device
  • HUD Head-Up Display
  • Mobile devices can include smartphone, smart pad, wearable device (e.g., smart watch, smart glass), computer (e.g., laptop, etc.), etc.
  • Home appliances can include TV, refrigerator, washing machine, etc.
  • IoT devices can include sensors, smart meters, etc.
  • base stations and networks can also be implemented as wireless devices, and a specific wireless device (200a) can act as a base station/network node to other wireless devices.
  • Wireless devices (100a to 100f) can be connected to a network (300) via a base station (200). Artificial Intelligence (AI) technology can be applied to the wireless devices (100a to 100f), and the wireless devices (100a to 100f) can be connected to an AI server (400) via the network (300).
  • the network (300) can be configured using a 3G network, a 4G (e.g., LTE) network, a 5G (e.g., NR) network, etc.
  • the wireless devices (100a to 100f) can communicate with each other via the base station (200)/network (300), but can also communicate directly (e.g., sidelink communication) without going through the base station/network.
  • vehicles can communicate directly (e.g., V2V (Vehicle to Vehicle)/V2X (Vehicle to everything) communication).
  • IoT devices e.g., sensors
  • IoT devices can communicate directly with other IoT devices (e.g., sensors) or other wireless devices (100a to 100f).
  • Wireless communication/connection can be established between wireless devices (100a ⁇ 100f)/base stations (200), and base stations (200)/base stations (200).
  • wireless communication/connection can be achieved through various wireless access technologies (e.g., 5G NR) such as uplink/downlink communication (150a), sidelink communication (150b) (or D2D communication), and base station-to-base station communication (150c) (e.g., relay, IAB (Integrated Access Backhaul).
  • 5G NR wireless access technologies
  • uplink/downlink communication 150a
  • sidelink communication 150b
  • base station-to-base station communication 150c
  • wireless devices and base stations/wireless devices, and base stations and base stations can transmit/receive wireless signals to each other.
  • wireless communication/connection can transmit/receive signals through various physical channels.
  • various configuration information setting processes for transmitting/receiving wireless signals various signal processing processes (e.g., channel encoding/decoding, modulation/demodulation, resource mapping/demapping, etc.), and resource allocation processes can be performed based on various proposals of the present invention.
  • Figure 16 illustrates a wireless device applicable to the present invention.
  • the first wireless device (100) and the second wireless device (200) can transmit and receive wireless signals through various wireless access technologies (e.g., LTE, NR).
  • ⁇ the first wireless device (100), the second wireless device (200) ⁇ can correspond to ⁇ the wireless device (100x), the base station (200) ⁇ and/or ⁇ the wireless device (100x), the wireless device (100x) ⁇ of FIG. 15.
  • a first wireless device (100) includes one or more processors (102) and one or more memories (104), and may further include one or more transceivers (106) and/or one or more antennas (108).
  • the processor (102) controls the memories (104) and/or the transceivers (106), and may be configured to implement the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or operational flowcharts disclosed in this document.
  • the processor (102) may process information in the memory (104) to generate first information/signal, and then transmit a wireless signal including the first information/signal via the transceiver (106).
  • the processor (102) may receive a wireless signal including second information/signal via the transceiver (106), and then store information obtained from signal processing of the second information/signal in the memory (104).
  • the memory (104) may be connected to the processor (102) and may store various information related to the operation of the processor (102). For example, the memory (104) may perform some or all of the processes controlled by the processor (102), or may store software code including commands for performing the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or operation flowcharts disclosed in this document.
  • the processor (102) and the memory (104) may be part of a communication modem/circuit/chipset designed to implement wireless communication technology (e.g., LTE, NR).
  • the transceiver (106) may be connected to the processor (102) and may transmit and/or receive wireless signals via one or more antennas (108).
  • the transceiver (106) may include a transmitter and/or a receiver.
  • the transceiver (106) may be used interchangeably with an RF (Radio Frequency) unit.
  • a wireless device may also mean a communication modem/circuit/chipset.
  • the first wireless device or terminal (100) may include a processor (102) and a memory (104) connected to a transceiver (106).
  • the memory (104) may include at least one program capable of performing operations related to the embodiments described in FIGS. 11 to 14.
  • a processor (102) controls a transceiver (106) to receive RACH (Random Access Channel) resource configuration information that sets a default RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) and an additional RO related to NES (network energy saving), and transmits a PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel) based on the RACH resource configuration information.
  • RACH Random Access Channel
  • PRACH Physical Random Access Channel
  • whether the additional RO is activated can be indicated through DCI (Downlink Control Information) of a specific format.
  • a processing device may be configured, including a processor (102) controlling a terminal and a memory (104).
  • a processor (102) controlling a terminal and a memory (104).
  • at least one processor at least one processor; and at least one memory connected to the at least one processor and storing instructions, wherein the instructions, based on being executed by the at least one processor, cause the terminal to: receive RACH (Random Access Channel) resource configuration information that sets a default RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) and an additional RO related to NES (network energy saving), and transmit a PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel) based on the RACH resource configuration information.
  • RACH Random Access Channel
  • PRACH Physical Random Access Channel
  • the second wireless device (200) includes one or more processors (202), one or more memories (204), and may further include one or more transceivers (206) and/or one or more antennas (208).
  • the processor (202) controls the memories (204) and/or the transceivers (206), and may be configured to implement the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or operational flowcharts disclosed in this document.
  • the processor (202) may process information in the memory (204) to generate third information/signals, and then transmit a wireless signal including the third information/signals via the transceivers (206).
  • the processor (202) may receive a wireless signal including fourth information/signals via the transceivers (206), and then store information obtained from signal processing of the fourth information/signals in the memory (204).
  • the memory (204) may be connected to the processor (202) and may store various information related to the operation of the processor (202). For example, the memory (204) may perform some or all of the processes controlled by the processor (202), or may store software code including commands for performing the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or operation flowcharts disclosed in this document.
  • the processor (202) and the memory (204) may be part of a communication modem/circuit/chip designed to implement wireless communication technology (e.g., LTE, NR).
  • the transceiver (206) may be connected to the processor (202) and may transmit and/or receive wireless signals via one or more antennas (208).
  • the transceiver (206) may include a transmitter and/or a receiver.
  • the transceiver (206) may be used interchangeably with an RF unit.
  • a wireless device may also mean a communication modem/circuit/chip.
  • the second wireless device or base station (200) may include a processor (202) and a memory (204) connected to a transceiver or RF transceiver (206).
  • the memory (204) may include at least one program capable of performing operations related to the embodiments described in FIGS. 11 to 14.
  • the processor (202) controls the transceiver (206) to transmit RACH (Random Access Channel) resource configuration information that sets a default RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) and an additional RO related to NES (network energy saving), and can receive a PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel) based on the RACH resource configuration information.
  • RACH Random Access Channel
  • PRACH Physical Random Access Channel
  • whether the additional RO is activated can be indicated through DCI (Downlink Control Information) of a specific format.
  • one or more protocol layers may be implemented by one or more processors (102, 202).
  • one or more processors (102, 202) may implement one or more layers (e.g., functional layers such as PHY, MAC, RLC, PDCP, RRC, SDAP).
  • One or more processors (102, 202) may generate one or more Protocol Data Units (PDUs) and/or one or more Service Data Units (SDUs) according to the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or operation flowcharts disclosed in this document.
  • PDUs Protocol Data Units
  • SDUs Service Data Units
  • One or more processors (102, 202) may generate messages, control information, data, or information according to the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or operation flowcharts disclosed in this document.
  • One or more processors (102, 202) can generate signals (e.g., baseband signals) including PDUs, SDUs, messages, control information, data or information according to the functions, procedures, proposals and/or methods disclosed herein, and provide the signals to one or more transceivers (106, 206).
  • One or more processors (102, 202) can receive signals (e.g., baseband signals) from one or more transceivers (106, 206) and obtain PDUs, SDUs, messages, control information, data or information according to the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein.
  • signals e.g., baseband signals
  • One or more processors (102, 202) may be referred to as a controller, a microcontroller, a microprocessor, or a microcomputer.
  • One or more processors (102, 202) may be implemented by hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof.
  • ASICs Application Specific Integrated Circuits
  • DSPs Digital Signal Processors
  • DSPDs Digital Signal Processing Devices
  • PLDs Programmable Logic Devices
  • FPGAs Field Programmable Gate Arrays
  • the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or operational flowcharts disclosed in this document may be implemented using firmware or software, and the firmware or software may be implemented to include modules, procedures, functions, etc.
  • the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operation flowcharts disclosed in this document may be implemented using firmware or software configured to perform one or more processors (102, 202) or stored in one or more memories (104, 204) and executed by one or more processors (102, 202).
  • the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operation flowcharts disclosed in this document may be implemented using firmware or software in the form of codes, instructions and/or sets of instructions.
  • One or more memories (104, 204) may be coupled to one or more processors (102, 202) and may store various forms of data, signals, messages, information, programs, codes, instructions, and/or commands.
  • the one or more memories (104, 204) may be configured as ROM, RAM, EPROM, flash memory, hard drives, registers, cache memory, computer-readable storage media, and/or combinations thereof.
  • the one or more memories (104, 204) may be located internally and/or externally to the one or more processors (102, 202). Additionally, the one or more memories (104, 204) may be coupled to the one or more processors (102, 202) via various technologies, such as wired or wireless connections.
  • One or more transceivers (106, 206) can transmit user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc., as mentioned in the methods and/or flowcharts of this document, to one or more other devices.
  • One or more transceivers (106, 206) can receive user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc., as mentioned in the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and/or flowcharts of this document, from one or more other devices.
  • one or more transceivers (106, 206) can be connected to one or more processors (102, 202) and can transmit and receive wireless signals.
  • one or more processors (102, 202) can control one or more transceivers (106, 206) to transmit user data, control information, or wireless signals to one or more other devices. Additionally, one or more processors (102, 202) may control one or more transceivers (106, 206) to receive user data, control information, or wireless signals from one or more other devices.
  • one or more transceivers (106, 206) may be coupled to one or more antennas (108, 208), and one or more transceivers (106, 206) may be configured to transmit and receive user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, or the like, as referred to in the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein, via one or more antennas (108, 208).
  • one or more antennas may be multiple physical antennas or multiple logical antennas (e.g., antenna ports).
  • One or more transceivers (106, 206) may convert received user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc.
  • One or more transceivers (106, 206) may convert processed user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc. from baseband signals to RF band signals using one or more processors (102, 202).
  • one or more transceivers (106, 206) may include an (analog) oscillator and/or a filter.
  • FIG 17 illustrates another example of a wireless device applicable to the present invention.
  • the wireless device may be implemented in various forms depending on the use case/service (see Figure 15).
  • the wireless device (100, 200) corresponds to the wireless device (100, 200) of FIG. 16 and may be composed of various elements, components, units/units, and/or modules.
  • the wireless device (100, 200) may include a communication unit (110), a control unit (120), a memory unit (130), and additional elements (140).
  • the communication unit may include a communication circuit (112) and a transceiver(s) (114).
  • the communication circuit (112) may include one or more processors (102, 202) and/or one or more memories (104, 204) of FIG. 17.
  • the transceiver(s) (114) may include one or more transceivers (106, 206) and/or one or more antennas (108, 208) of FIG. 16.
  • the control unit (120) is electrically connected to the communication unit (110), the memory unit (130), and the additional elements (140) and controls the overall operation of the wireless device.
  • the control unit (120) may control the electrical/mechanical operation of the wireless device based on the program/code/command/information stored in the memory unit (130).
  • control unit (120) may transmit information stored in the memory unit (130) to an external device (e.g., another communication device) via a wireless/wired interface through the communication unit (110), or store information received from an external device (e.g., another communication device) via a wireless/wired interface in the memory unit (130).
  • the additional element (140) may be configured in various ways depending on the type of the wireless device.
  • the additional element (140) may include at least one of a power unit/battery, an input/output unit (I/O unit), a driving unit, and a computing unit.
  • the wireless device may be implemented in the form of a robot (Fig. 15, 100a), a vehicle (Fig. 15, 100b-1, 100b-2), an XR device (Fig. 15, 100c), a portable device (Fig. 15, 100d), a home appliance (Fig. 15, 100e), an IoT device (Fig.
  • Wireless devices may be mobile or stationary depending on the use/service.
  • various elements, components, units/parts, and/or modules within the wireless device (100, 200) may be entirely interconnected via a wired interface, or at least some may be wirelessly connected via a communication unit (110).
  • the control unit (120) and the communication unit (110) may be wired, and the control unit (120) and a first unit (e.g., 130, 140) may be wirelessly connected via the communication unit (110).
  • each element, component, unit/part, and/or module within the wireless device (100, 200) may further include one or more elements.
  • the control unit (120) may be composed of a set of one or more processors.
  • control unit (120) may be composed of a set of a communication control processor, an application processor, an electronic control unit (ECU), a graphics processing processor, a memory control processor, etc.
  • memory unit (130) may be composed of RAM (Random Access Memory), DRAM (Dynamic RAM), ROM (Read Only Memory), flash memory, volatile memory, non-volatile memory, and/or a combination thereof.
  • Figure 18 illustrates a vehicle or autonomous vehicle applicable to the present invention.
  • the vehicle or autonomous vehicle may be implemented as a mobile robot, a car, a train, a manned or unmanned aerial vehicle (AV), a ship, or the like.
  • AV unmanned aerial vehicle
  • a vehicle or autonomous vehicle may include an antenna unit (108), a communication unit (110), a control unit (120), a driving unit (140a), a power supply unit (140b), a sensor unit (140c), and an autonomous driving unit (140d).
  • the antenna unit (108) may be configured as a part of the communication unit (110).
  • Blocks 110/130/140a to 140d correspond to blocks 110/130/140 of FIG. 17, respectively.
  • the communication unit (110) can transmit and receive signals (e.g., data, control signals, etc.) with external devices such as other vehicles, base stations (e.g., base stations, road side units, etc.), and servers.
  • the control unit (120) can control elements of the vehicle or autonomous vehicle (100) to perform various operations.
  • the control unit (120) can include an ECU (Electronic Control Unit).
  • the drive unit (140a) can drive the vehicle or autonomous vehicle (100) on the ground.
  • the drive unit (140a) can include an engine, a motor, a power train, wheels, brakes, a steering device, etc.
  • the power supply unit (140b) supplies power to the vehicle or autonomous vehicle (100) and can include a wired/wireless charging circuit, a battery, etc.
  • the sensor unit (140c) can obtain vehicle status, surrounding environment information, user information, etc.
  • the sensor unit (140c) may include an IMU (inertial measurement unit) sensor, a collision sensor, a wheel sensor, a speed sensor, an incline sensor, a weight detection sensor, a heading sensor, a position module, a vehicle forward/backward sensor, a battery sensor, a fuel sensor, a tire sensor, a steering sensor, a temperature sensor, a humidity sensor, an ultrasonic sensor, an illuminance sensor, a pedal position sensor, etc.
  • IMU intial measurement unit
  • the autonomous driving unit (140d) may implement a technology for maintaining a driving lane, a technology for automatically controlling speed such as adaptive cruise control, a technology for automatically driving along a set path, a technology for automatically setting a path and driving when a destination is set, etc.
  • the communication unit (110) can receive map data, traffic information data, etc. from an external server.
  • the autonomous driving unit (140d) can generate an autonomous driving route and driving plan based on the acquired data.
  • the control unit (120) can control the drive unit (140a) so that the vehicle or autonomous vehicle (100) moves along the autonomous driving route according to the driving plan (e.g., speed/direction control).
  • the communication unit (110) can irregularly/periodically acquire the latest traffic information data from an external server and can acquire surrounding traffic information data from surrounding vehicles.
  • the sensor unit (140c) can acquire vehicle status and surrounding environment information.
  • the autonomous driving unit (140d) can update the autonomous driving route and driving plan based on newly acquired data/information.
  • the communication unit (110) can transmit information regarding the vehicle location, autonomous driving route, driving plan, etc. to the external server.
  • External servers can predict traffic information data in advance using AI technology or other technologies based on information collected from vehicles or autonomous vehicles, and provide the predicted traffic information data to the vehicles or autonomous vehicles.
  • the wireless communication technology implemented in the wireless device (XXX, YYY) of the present specification may include not only LTE, NR, and 6G, but also Narrowband Internet of Things for low-power communication.
  • NB-IoT technology may be an example of LPWAN (Low Power Wide Area Network) technology, and may be implemented with standards such as LTE Cat NB1 and/or LTE Cat NB2, and is not limited to the above-described names.
  • the wireless communication technology implemented in the wireless device (XXX, YYY) of the present specification may perform communication based on LTE-M technology.
  • LTE-M technology may be an example of LPWAN technology, and may be called by various names such as eMTC (enhanced Machine Type Communication).
  • LTE-M technology can be implemented by at least one of various standards such as 1) LTE CAT 0, 2) LTE Cat M1, 3) LTE Cat M2, 4) LTE non-BL (non-Bandwidth Limited), 5) LTE-MTC, 6) LTE Machine Type Communication, and/or 7) LTE M, and is not limited to the above-described names.
  • the wireless communication technology implemented in the wireless device (XXX, YYY) of the present specification can include at least one of ZigBee, Bluetooth, and Low Power Wide Area Network (LPWAN) considering low-power communication, and is not limited to the above-described names.
  • ZigBee technology can create PAN (personal area networks) related to small/low-power digital communication based on various standards such as IEEE 802.15.4, and can be called by various names.
  • embodiments of the present invention have been described primarily focusing on the signal transmission and reception relationship between a terminal and a base station. This transmission and reception relationship is equally/similarly extended to signal transmission and reception between a terminal and a relay or a base station and a relay.
  • Certain operations described as being performed by a base station in this document may, in some cases, be performed by its upper node. That is, it is obvious that various operations performed for communication with a terminal in a network composed of multiple network nodes including a base station may be performed by the base station or network nodes other than the base station.
  • the base station may be replaced by terms such as fixed station, Node B, eNode B (eNB), and access point.
  • the terminal may be replaced by terms such as UE (User Equipment), MS (Mobile Station), MSS (Mobile Subscriber Station).
  • Embodiments of the present invention may be implemented by various means, for example, hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof.
  • an embodiment of the present invention may be implemented by one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), digital signal processors (DSPs), digital signal processing devices (DSPDs), programmable logic devices (PLDs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), processors, controllers, microcontrollers, microprocessors, etc.
  • ASICs application specific integrated circuits
  • DSPs digital signal processors
  • DSPDs digital signal processing devices
  • PLDs programmable logic devices
  • FPGAs field programmable gate arrays
  • processors controllers, microcontrollers, microprocessors, etc.
  • an embodiment of the present invention may be implemented in the form of modules, procedures, functions, etc. that perform the functions or operations described above.
  • the software code may be stored in a memory unit and executed by a processor.
  • the memory unit may be located within or outside the processor and may exchange data with the processor via various known means.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are a method performed by a UE and a device therefor in a wireless communication system according to various embodiments. Disclosed are a device and a method therefor, the device: receiving random access channel (RACH) resource configuration information for configuring a default random access channel occasion (RO) and additional ROs related to network energy saving (NES); and transmitting a physical random access channel (PRACH) on the basis of the RACH resource configuration information.

Description

무선 통신 시스템에서 무선 신호 송수신 방법 및 장치Method and device for transmitting and receiving wireless signals in a wireless communication system

본 명세서는 무선 통신 시스템에 관한 것으로, 보다 상세하게는 무선 신호 송수신 방법 및 장치에 관한 것이다.This specification relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, to a method and device for transmitting and receiving wireless signals.

무선 통신 시스템이 음성이나 데이터 등과 같은 다양한 종류의 통신 서비스를 제공하기 위해 광범위하게 전개되고 있다. 일반적으로 무선통신 시스템은 가용한 시스템 자원(대역폭, 전송 파워 등)을 공유하여 다중 사용자와의 통신을 지원할 수 있는 다중 접속(multiple access) 시스템이다. 다중 접속 시스템의 예들로는 CDMA(code division multiple access) 시스템, FDMA(frequency division multiple access) 시스템, TDMA(time division multiple access) 시스템, OFDMA(orthogonal frequency division multiple access) 시스템, SC-FDMA(single carrier frequency division multiple access) 시스템 등이 있다.Wireless communication systems are widely deployed to provide various types of communication services, such as voice and data. Typically, wireless communication systems are multiple access systems that support communication with multiple users by sharing available system resources (e.g., bandwidth, transmission power). Examples of multiple access systems include code division multiple access (CDMA), frequency division multiple access (FDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA), and single-carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA).

시대의 흐름에 따라 더욱 많은 통신 기기들이 더욱 큰 통신 트래픽을 요구하게 되면서, 기존 LTE 시스템보다 향상된 무선 광대역 통신인 차세대 5G 시스템이 요구되고 있다. NewRAT이라고 명칭되는, 이러한 차세대 5G 시스템에서는 Enhanced Mobile BroadBand (eMBB)/ Ultra-reliability and low-latency communication (URLLC)/Massive Machine-Type Communications (mMTC) 등으로 통신 시나리오가 구분된다. As more and more communication devices demand ever-increasing communication traffic, the need for next-generation 5G systems, which offer enhanced wireless broadband communication capabilities over existing LTE systems, is growing. This next-generation 5G system, known as NewRAT, differentiates communication scenarios into Enhanced Mobile Broadband (eMBB), Ultra-reliability and low-latency communication (URLLC), and Massive Machine-Type Communications (mMTC).

여기서, eMBB는 High Spectrum Efficiency, High User Experienced Data Rate, High Peak Data Rate 등의 특성을 갖는 차세대 이동통신 시나리오이고, URLLC는 Ultra Reliable, Ultra Low Latency, Ultra High Availability 등의 특성을 갖는 차세대 이동통신 시나리오이며 (e.g., V2X, Emergency Service, Remote Control), mMTC는 Low Cost, Low Energy, Short Packet, Massive Connectivity 특성을 갖는 차세대 이동통신 시나리오이다. (e.g., IoT).Here, eMBB is a next-generation mobile communication scenario with characteristics such as High Spectrum Efficiency, High User Experienced Data Rate, and High Peak Data Rate; URLLC is a next-generation mobile communication scenario with characteristics such as Ultra Reliable, Ultra Low Latency, and Ultra High Availability (e.g., V2X, Emergency Service, Remote Control); and mMTC is a next-generation mobile communication scenario with characteristics such as Low Cost, Low Energy, Short Packet, and Massive Connectivity (e.g., IoT).

본 발명이 이루고자 하는 기술적 과제는 보다 정확하고 효율적으로 신호 송수신 방법 및 이를 위한 장치를 제공하는데 있다.The technical problem to be achieved by the present invention is to provide a more accurate and efficient signal transmission and reception method and a device therefor.

기술적 과제들은 이상에서 언급한 기술적 과제들로 제한되지 않으며, 언급하지 않은 또 다른 기술적 과제들은 아래의 기재로부터 본 발명이 속하는 기술분야에서 통상의 지식을 가진 자에게 명확하게 이해될 수 있을 것이다.The technical challenges are not limited to the technical challenges mentioned above, and other technical challenges not mentioned will be clearly understood by those skilled in the art to which the present invention pertains from the description below.

일 측면에 따른 UE (User Equipment)에 의한 방법은 디폴트 RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) 및 NES (network energy saving)와 관련된 추가 RO을 설정하는 RACH (Random Access Channel) 자원 설정 정보를 수신하는 단계; 및 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보에 기초하여 PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel)를 전송하는 단계;를 포함하고, 상기 추가 RO은 특정 포맷의 DCI (Downlink Control Information)를 통해 활성화 여부가 지시될 수 있다.A method by a UE (User Equipment) according to one aspect includes the steps of: receiving RACH (Random Access Channel) resource configuration information for configuring a default RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) and an additional RO related to NES (network energy saving); and transmitting a PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel) based on the RACH resource configuration information; wherein whether the additional RO is activated can be indicated through DCI (Downlink Control Information) of a specific format.

또는 상기 특정 포맷의 DCI는 상기 추가 RO의 활성화 지시와 관련된 특정 RNTI (Paging-Radio Network Temporary Identifier)로 스크램블 (scramble)된 CRC (cyclic redundancy check)를 갖는 그룹 공통된 DCI 포맷 1_0의 DCI인 것을 특징으로 한다.Alternatively, the DCI of the above specific format is characterized in that it is a DCI of group common DCI format 1_0 having a CRC (cyclic redundancy check) scrambled with a specific RNTI (Paging-Radio Network Temporary Identifier) related to an activation instruction of the above additional RO.

또는, 상기 추가 RO은 상기 DCI 포맷 1_0에 포함된 유보된 비트들을 통해 활성화 여부가 지시되는 것을 특징으로 한다.Alternatively, the additional RO is characterized in that whether it is activated is indicated through reserved bits included in the DCI format 1_0.

또는, 상기 추가 RO와 상기 디폴트 RO와 중첩된 것에 기초하여, 상기 추가 RO의 빔 방향은 상기 디폴트 RO에 대해 결정된 빔 방향과 동일한 빔 방향인 것으로 간주되는 것을 특징으로 한다.Alternatively, based on the overlap of the additional RO with the default RO, the beam direction of the additional RO is considered to be the same beam direction as the beam direction determined for the default RO.

또는, 상기 추가 RO가 상기 디폴트 RO와 중첩된 것에 기초하여, 상기 추가 RO는 유효하지 않은 것으로 간주되는 것을 특징으로 한다.Alternatively, the additional RO is characterized in that the additional RO is considered invalid based on the fact that the additional RO overlaps with the default RO.

또는, 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보는 상기 디폴트 RO를 포함하는 복수의 디폴트 RO들 및 상기 추가 RO를 포함하는 복수의 추가 RO들을 설정하고, 상기 UE는 상기 복수의 추가 RO들 중에서 상기 디폴트 RO와 중첩된 추가 RO를 제외한 나머지 추가 RO들에 대해서만 SSB 매핑을 수행하는 것을 특징으로 한다.Alternatively, the RACH resource configuration information is characterized in that it sets a plurality of default ROs including the default RO and a plurality of additional ROs including the additional RO, and the UE performs SSB mapping only for the remaining additional ROs excluding the additional RO overlapping with the default RO among the plurality of additional ROs.

또는, 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보는 상기 디폴트 RO 및 상기 추가 RO 간의 우선 순위를 설정하는 정보를 더 포함하는 것을 특징으로 한다.Alternatively, the RACH resource configuration information is characterized in that it further includes information for setting priorities between the default RO and the additional RO.

또는, 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보는 상기 디폴트 RO에 기반하여 상기 추가 RO를 설정하기 위한 특정 오프셋에 대한 정보를 더 포함하는 것을 특징으로 한다.Alternatively, the RACH resource configuration information is characterized in that it further includes information on a specific offset for configuring the additional RO based on the default RO.

또는, 상기 디폴트 RO는 상기 DCI를 통한 활성화 여부에 대한 지시와 무관하게 항상 유효한 것을 특징으로 한다.Alternatively, the default RO is characterized in that it is always valid regardless of the indication of whether it is activated via the DCI.

다른 일 측면에 따른 상술된 UE에 의한 방법을 수행하기 위한 프로그램들이 저장된 저장 매체가 제공될 수 있다.A storage medium storing programs for performing the above-described method by the UE according to another aspect may be provided.

다른 일 측면에 따른 상술된 방법을 수행하는 UE가 제공될 수 있다.A UE may be provided that performs the above-described method according to another aspect.

다른 일 측면에 따른 상술된 방법을 수행하는 UE을 제어하는 프로세싱 장치가 제공될 수 있다A processing device may be provided for controlling a UE to perform the above-described method according to another aspect.

다른 일 측면에 따른 기지국에 의해 수행되는 방법은 디폴트 RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) 및 NES (network energy saving)와 관련된 추가 RO을 설정하는 RACH (Random Access Channel) 자원 설정 정보를 전송하는 단계; 및 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보에 기초하여 PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel)를 수신하는 단계;를 포함하고, 상기 추가 RO은 특정 포맷의 DCI (Downlink Control Information)를 통해 활성화 여부가 지시될 수 있다.A method performed by a base station according to another aspect includes the steps of transmitting RACH (Random Access Channel) resource configuration information for configuring a default RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) and an additional RO related to NES (network energy saving); and receiving a PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel) based on the RACH resource configuration information; wherein whether the additional RO is activated can be indicated through DCI (Downlink Control Information) of a specific format.

다양한 실시예에 따르면 무선 통신 시스템에서 신호를 보다 정확하고 효율적으로 신호가 송신 또는 수신될 수 있다.According to various embodiments, signals can be transmitted or received more accurately and efficiently in a wireless communication system.

또는, 무선 통신 시스템에서 네트워크 및/또는 단말의 전력 사용을 보다 효율적으로 제어할 수 있다.Alternatively, power usage of the network and/or terminals in a wireless communication system can be more efficiently controlled.

다양한 실시예에서 얻을 수 있는 효과는 이상에서 언급한 효과들로 제한되지 않으며, 언급하지 않은 또 다른 효과들은 아래의 기재로부터 본 발명이 속하는 기술분야에서 통상의 지식을 가진 자에게 명확하게 이해될 수 있을 것이다.The effects that can be obtained in various embodiments are not limited to the effects mentioned above, and other effects not mentioned will be clearly understood by those skilled in the art to which the present invention pertains from the description below.

본 명세서에 첨부되는 도면은 본 발명에 대한 이해를 제공하기 위한 것으로서 본 발명의 다양한 실시형태들을 나타내고 명세서의 기재와 함께 본 발명의 원리를 설명하기 위한 것이다. The drawings attached to this specification are intended to provide an understanding of the present invention, illustrate various embodiments of the present invention, and together with the description of the specification serve to explain the principles of the present invention.

도 1은 3GPP NR 시스템에 이용되는 물리 채널들 및 이들을 이용한 일반적인 신호 전송 방법을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.Figure 1 is a drawing for explaining physical channels used in a 3GPP NR system and a general signal transmission method using them.

도 2는 무선 프레임(radio frame)의 구조를 예시한다.Figure 2 illustrates the structure of a radio frame.

도 3은 슬롯의 자원 그리드(resource grid)를 예시한다. Figure 3 illustrates a resource grid of slots.

도 4는 슬롯 내에 물리 채널이 맵핑되는 예를 도시한다. Figure 4 illustrates an example of physical channels being mapped within a slot.

도 5 및 도 6는 Idle Mode DRX (Discontinuous Reception) 동작을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 are diagrams for explaining Idle Mode DRX (Discontinuous Reception) operation.

도 7 내지 도 9는 RRC (Radio Resource Control) 연결(Connected) 모드에서의 DRX 동작을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.FIGS. 7 to 9 are diagrams for explaining DRX operation in RRC (Radio Resource Control) connected mode.

도 10은 DCI format 2_6을 모니터링하는 방법을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.Figure 10 is a diagram for explaining a method of monitoring DCI format 2_6.

도 11은 기지국과 단말 간에 셀 DRX/DTX에 기반하여 통신을 수행하는 방법을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining a method for performing communication based on cell DRX/DTX between a base station and a terminal.

도 12는 On-demand SIB1의 전송을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.Figure 12 is a diagram for explaining transmission of On-demand SIB1.

도 13는 UE가 RACH 자원 설정 정보에 기초하여 신호를 전송하는 방법을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.FIG. 13 is a diagram for explaining a method for a UE to transmit a signal based on RACH resource configuration information.

도 14는 기지국이 RACH 자원 설정 정보를 전송하는 방법을 설명하기 위한 도면이다. Figure 14 is a diagram for explaining a method for a base station to transmit RACH resource configuration information.

도 15 내지 도 18은 본 발명에 적용 가능한 통신 시스템(1)과 무선 기기를 예시한다.Figures 15 to 18 illustrate a communication system (1) and a wireless device applicable to the present invention.

이하의 기술은 CDMA(code division multiple access), FDMA(frequency division multiple access), TDMA(time division multiple access), OFDMA(orthogonal frequency division multiple access), SC-FDMA(single carrier frequency division multiple access) 등과 같은 다양한 무선 접속 시스템에 사용될 수 있다. CDMA는 UTRA(Universal Terrestrial Radio Access)나 CDMA2000과 같은 무선 기술(radio technology)로 구현될 수 있다. TDMA는 GSM(Global System for Mobile communications)/GPRS(General Packet Radio Service)/EDGE(Enhanced Data Rates for GSM Evolution)와 같은 무선 기술로 구현될 수 있다. OFDMA는 IEEE 802.11 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802-20, E-UTRA(Evolved UTRA) 등과 같은 무선 기술로 구현될 수 있다. UTRA는 UMTS(Universal Mobile Telecommunications System)의 일부이다. 3GPP(3rd Generation Partnership Project) LTE(long term evolution)은 E-UTRA를 사용하는 E-UMTS(Evolved UMTS)의 일부이고 LTE-A(Advanced)는 3GPP LTE의 진화된 버전이다. 3GPP NR(New Radio or New Radio Access Technology)는 3GPP LTE/LTE-A의 진화된 버전이다. The following technologies can be used in various wireless access systems, such as CDMA (code division multiple access), FDMA (frequency division multiple access), TDMA (time division multiple access), OFDMA (orthogonal frequency division multiple access), and SC-FDMA (single carrier frequency division multiple access). CDMA can be implemented with radio technologies such as UTRA (Universal Terrestrial Radio Access) or CDMA2000. TDMA can be implemented with radio technologies such as GSM (Global System for Mobile communications)/GPRS (General Packet Radio Service)/EDGE (Enhanced Data Rates for GSM Evolution). OFDMA can be implemented with radio technologies such as IEEE 802.11 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802-20, and E-UTRA (Evolved UTRA). UTRA is a part of UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System). 3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project) LTE (long term evolution) is part of E-UMTS (Evolved UMTS) that uses E-UTRA, and LTE-A (Advanced) is an evolved version of 3GPP LTE. 3GPP NR (New Radio or New Radio Access Technology) is an evolved version of 3GPP LTE/LTE-A.

더욱 많은 통신 기기들이 더욱 큰 통신 용량을 요구하게 됨에 따라 기존의 RAT(Radio Access Technology)에 비해 향상된 모바일 브로드밴드 통신에 대한 필요성이 대두되고 있다. 또한, 다수의 기기 및 사물들을 연결하여 언제 어디서나 다양한 서비스를 제공하는 massive MTC(Machine Type Communications)도 차세대 통신에서 고려될 주요 이슈 중 하나이다. 또한, 신뢰도(reliability) 및 지연(latency)에 민감한 서비스/단말을 고려한 통신 시스템 디자인이 논의되고 있다. 이와 같이 eMBB(enhanced Mobile BroadBand Communication), massive MTC, URLLC (Ultra-Reliable and Low Latency Communication) 등을 고려한 차세대 RAT의 도입이 논의되고 있으며, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서는 편의상 해당 기술을 NR(New Radio 또는 New RAT)이라고 부른다.As more and more communication devices demand greater communication capacity, the need for improved mobile broadband communication compared to existing RAT (Radio Access Technology) is emerging. Furthermore, massive MTC (Machine Type Communications), which connects multiple devices and objects to provide various services anytime, anywhere, is also a key issue to be considered in next-generation communication. Furthermore, communication system design that considers reliability and latency-sensitive services/terminals is being discussed. Accordingly, the introduction of next-generation RATs that consider enhanced Mobile BroadBand Communication (eMBB), massive MTC, and Ultra-Reliable and Low Latency Communication (URLLC) is being discussed. In one embodiment of the present invention, for convenience, the corresponding technology is referred to as NR (New Radio or New RAT).

본 명세서 사용되는 '기지국' 용어는 고정국(fixed station), Node B, gNode B(gNB), 액세스 포인트(Access Point, AP), 셀(cell) 또는 TRP (transmission and reception point) 등의 용어로 대체될 수 있다. 중계기는 Relay Node(RN), 중계국(Relay Station) 등의 용어로 대체될 수 있다. 또한, '단말' 용어는 사용자 기기(User Equipment, UE), 이동국 (Mobile Station, MS), MSS(Mobile Subscriber Station), SS(Subscriber Station) 등의 용어로 대체될 수 있다.The term 'base station' used in this specification may be replaced with terms such as fixed station, Node B, gNode B (gNB), Access Point (AP), cell, or transmission and reception point (TRP). The term 'relay node' may be replaced with terms such as Relay Node (RN) or Relay Station. In addition, the term 'terminal' may be replaced with terms such as User Equipment (UE), Mobile Station (MS), Mobile Subscriber Station (MSS), or Subscriber Station (SS).

설명을 명확하게 하기 위해, 3GPP NR을 위주로 기술하지만 본 발명의 기술적 사상이 이에 제한되는 것은 아니다.For clarity of explanation, the description will focus on 3GPP NR, but the technical idea of the present invention is not limited thereto.

본 발명과 관련한 배경 기술, 용어 정의 및 약어 등을 위해서 하기 문서들이 참조될 수 있다(Incorporated by Reference).The following documents may be referenced for background information, definitions of terms, abbreviations, etc. related to the present invention (Incorporated by Reference).

- 38.211: Physical channels and modulation- 38.211: Physical channels and modulation

- 38.212: Multiplexing and channel coding- 38.212: Multiplexing and channel coding

- 38.213: Physical layer procedures for control- 38.213: Physical layer procedures for control

- 38.214: Physical layer procedures for data- 38.214: Physical layer procedures for data

- 38.215: Physical layer measurements- 38.215: Physical layer measurements

- 38.300: NR and NG-RAN Overall Description- 38.300: NR and NG-RAN Overall Description

- 38.304: User Equipment (UE) procedures in idle mode and in RRC Inactive state- 38.304: User Equipment (UE) procedures in idle mode and in RRC Inactive state

- 38.321Medium Access Control (MAC) protocol specification- 38.321Medium Access Control (MAC) protocol specification

- 38.331: Radio Resource Control (RRC) protocol specification- 38.331: Radio Resource Control (RRC) protocol specification

- 37.213: Introduction of channel access procedures to unlicensed spectrum for NR-based access- 37.213: Introduction of channel access procedures to unlicensed spectrum for NR-based access

- 36.355: LTE Positioning Protocol- 36.355: LTE Positioning Protocol

- 37.355: LTE Positioning Protocol- 37.355: LTE Positioning Protocol

용어 및 약어Terms and abbreviations

- 5GC: 5G Core Network - 5GC: 5G Core Network

- 5GS: 5G System - 5GS: 5G System

- NES: network energy saving- NES: network energy saving

- ES: energy saving- ES: energy saving

- SSB: synchronization signal/PBCH block- SSB: synchronization signal/PBCH block

- FR: frequency range- FR: frequency range

- CC: component carrier- CC: component carrier

- NCGI : NR Cell Global Identifier - NCGI: NR Cell Global Identifier

- SI: system information- SI: system information

- PCell: primary cell- PCell: primary cell

- SCell: secondary cell- SCell: secondary cell

- PDCCH: Physical Downlink Control CHannel- PDCCH: Physical Downlink Control CHannel

- PDSCH: Physical Downlink Shared CHannel- PDSCH: Physical Downlink Shared CHannel

- PUSCH: Physical Uplink Shared CHannel- PUSCH: Physical Uplink Shared CHannel

- CSI: Channel state information- CSI: Channel state information

- RRM: Radio resource management- RRM: Radio resource management

- SCS: Sub-carrier spacing- SCS: Sub-carrier spacing

- RLM: Radio link monitoring- RLM: Radio link monitoring

- DCI: Downlink Control Information- DCI: Downlink Control Information

- CAP: Channel Access Procedure- CAP: Channel Access Procedure

- Ucell: Unlicensed cell- Ucell: Unlicensed cell

- TBS: Transport Block Size- TBS: Transport Block Size

- TDRA: Time Domain Resource Allocation- TDRA: Time Domain Resource Allocation

- SLIV: Starting and Length Indicator Value (PDSCH 및/혹은 PUSCH 의 slot 내 시작 심볼 index 및 심볼 개수에 대한 지시 값으로써, 해당 PDSCH 및/혹은 PUSCH 를 scheduling 하는 PDCCH 내에 TDRA field 를 구성하는 entry 의 구성 요소로 설정될 수 있다.)- SLIV: Starting and Length Indicator Value (This is an indicator value for the starting symbol index and number of symbols within the slot of the PDSCH and/or PUSCH, and can be set as a component of the entry that constitutes the TDRA field within the PDCCH that schedules the corresponding PDSCH and/or PUSCH.)

- BWP: BandWidth Part (주파수 축 상에서 연속한 resource block (RB) 들로 구성될 수 있으며, 하나의 numerology (e.g., sub-carrier spacing, CP length, slot/mini-slot duration) 에 대응될 수 있다. 또한 하나의 carrier 에서 다수의 BWP 가 configure (carrier 당 BWP 개수 역시 제한될 수 있음) 될 수 있으나, activation 된 BWP 개수는 carrier 당 그 일부 (e.g., 1 개) 로 제한될 수 있다.)- BWP: BandWidth Part (can be composed of consecutive resource blocks (RBs) on the frequency axis and can correspond to one numerology (e.g., sub-carrier spacing, CP length, slot/mini-slot duration). In addition, multiple BWPs can be configured on one carrier (the number of BWPs per carrier can also be limited), but the number of activated BWPs can be limited to a part of it (e.g., 1) per carrier.)

- CORESET: COntrol REsourse SET (PDCCH 가 전송될 수 있는 시간 주파수 자원 영역을 의미하며 BWP 당 CORESET 개수가 제한될 수 있다.)- CORESET: COntrol REsourse SET (refers to the time-frequency resource area where PDCCH can be transmitted, and the number of CORESETs per BWP may be limited.)

- REG: Resource element group- REG: Resource element group

- SFI: Slot Format Indicator (특정 slot(s) 내의 심볼 level DL/UL direction 을 지시해주는 지시자로써, group common PDCCH 를 통해 전송된다.)- SFI: Slot Format Indicator (An indicator indicating the symbol level DL/UL direction within a specific slot(s), transmitted through the group common PDCCH.)

- COT: Channel occupancy time- COT: Channel occupancy time

- SPS: Semi-persistent scheduling- SPS: Semi-persistent scheduling

- QCL: Quasi-Co-Location (두 reference signal 간 QCL 관계라 함은, 하나의 reference signal 로부터 획득한 Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread, Spatial Rx parameter 등과 같은 QCL parameter 가 다른 reference signal (혹은 해당 RS 의 antenna port(s)) 에도 적용할 수 있음을 의미할 수 있다. NR 시스템에서 다음과 같이 4 개의 QCL type 이 정의되고 있다. 'typeA': {Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread}, 'typeB': {Doppler shift, Doppler spread}, 'typeC': {Doppler shift, average delay}, 'typeD': {Spatial Rx parameter} 어떤 DL RS antenna port(s) 에 대해 제 1 DL RS 가 QCL type X (X=A, B, C, or D) 에 대한 reference 로 설정되고, 추가로 제 2 DL RS 가 QCL type Y (Y=A, B, C, or D but X≠Y) 에 대한 reference 로 설정될 수 있다.)- QCL: Quasi-Co-Location (QCL relationship between two reference signals means that QCL parameters such as Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread, and Spatial Rx parameter obtained from one reference signal can be applied to another reference signal (or antenna port(s) of the corresponding RS). In the NR system, four QCL types are defined as follows. 'typeA': {Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread}, 'typeB': {Doppler shift, Doppler spread}, 'typeC': {Doppler shift, average delay}, 'typeD': {Spatial Rx parameter} For any DL RS antenna port(s), the first DL RS is set as a reference for QCL type X (X=A, B, C, or D), and additionally, the second DL RS is set as a reference for QCL type Y (Y=A, B, C, or D but X≠Y) ) can be set as a reference to

- TCI: Transmission Configuration Indication (하나의 TCI state 는 DM-RS ports of the PDSCH, the DM-RS port of PDCCH, 혹은 the CSI-RS port(s) of a CSI-RS resource 등과 하나 혹은 복수 DL RS 간 QCL 관계를 포함하고 있다. PDSCH 를 스케줄링하는 DCI 내의 field 들 중 'Transmission Configuration Indication' 에 대해서는, 해당 field 를 구성하는 각 code point 에 대응되는 TCI state index 는 MAC CE 에 의해 활성화되며, 각 TCI state index 별 TCI state 설정은 RRC signaling 을 통해 설정된다. Rel-16 NR 시스템에서, 해당 TCI state 는 DL RS 간 설정되지만, 향후 release 에서 DL RS 와 UL RS 간 혹은 UL RS 와 UL RS 간 설정이 허용될 수 있다. UL RS 의 예로써, SRS, PUSCH DM-RS, PUCCH DM-RS 등이 있다.)- TCI: Transmission Configuration Indication (A TCI state includes the QCL relationship between one or more DL RSs, such as DM-RS ports of the PDSCH, the DM-RS port of PDCCH, or the CSI-RS port(s) of a CSI-RS resource. For the 'Transmission Configuration Indication' field in the DCI that schedules the PDSCH, the TCI state index corresponding to each code point that constitutes the field is activated by the MAC CE, and the TCI state setting for each TCI state index is set through RRC signaling. In the Rel-16 NR system, the TCI state is set between DL RSs, but in future releases, setting between DL RS and UL RS or UL RS and UL RS may be allowed. Examples of UL RSs include SRS, PUSCH DM-RS, and PUCCH DM-RS.)

- SRI: SRS resource indicator (PUSCH 를 스케줄링하는 DCI 내의 field 들 중 'SRS resource indicator' 에서 설정된 SRS resource index 값들 중 하나를 지시한다. 단말은 PUSCH 전송 시, 해당 SRS resource 와 연동된 reference signal 송수신에 사용된 것과 동일한 spatial domain transmission filter 를 활용하여 PUSCH 를 전송할 수 있다. 이 때, SRS resource 별로 SRS-SpatialRelationInfo 파라미터를 통해 reference RS 가 RRC signaling 에 의해 설정되며, SS/PBCH block, CSI-RS, 혹은 SRS 등이 reference RS 로 설정될 수 있다.)- SRI: SRS resource indicator (Indicates one of the SRS resource index values set in the 'SRS resource indicator' among the fields in the DCI that schedules the PUSCH. When transmitting a PUSCH, the UE can transmit the PUSCH using the same spatial domain transmission filter used for transmitting and receiving the reference signal linked to the corresponding SRS resource. At this time, the reference RS is set by RRC signaling through the SRS-SpatialRelationInfo parameter for each SRS resource, and SS/PBCH block, CSI-RS, or SRS can be set as the reference RS.)

- TRP: Transmission and Reception Point- TRP: Transmission and Reception Point

무선 통신 시스템에서 단말은 기지국으로부터 하향링크(Downlink, DL)를 통해 정보를 수신하고, 단말은 기지국으로 상향링크(Uplink, UL)를 통해 정보를 전송한다. 기지국과 단말이 송수신하는 정보는 데이터 및 다양한 제어 정보를 포함하고, 이들이 송수신 하는 정보의 종류/용도에 따라 다양한 물리 채널이 존재한다.In a wireless communication system, a terminal receives information from a base station via the downlink (DL) and transmits it to the base station via the uplink (UL). The information transmitted and received between the base station and the terminal includes data and various control information, and various physical channels exist depending on the type and purpose of the information being transmitted and received.

도 1은 3GPP NR 시스템에 이용되는 물리 채널들 및 이들을 이용한 일반적인 신호 전송 방법을 설명하기 위한 도면이다. Figure 1 is a drawing for explaining physical channels used in a 3GPP NR system and a general signal transmission method using them.

전원이 꺼진 상태에서 다시 전원이 켜지거나, 새로이 셀에 진입한 단말은 단계 S101에서 기지국과 동기를 맞추는 등의 초기 셀 탐색(Initial cell search) 작업을 수행한다. 이를 위해 단말은 기지국으로부터 SSB(Synchronization Signal Block)를 수신한다. SSB는 PSS(Primary Synchronization Signal), SSS(Secondary Synchronization Signal) 및 PBCH(Physical Broadcast Channel)를 포함한다. 단말은 PSS/SSS에 기반하여 기지국과 동기를 맞추고, 셀 ID(cell identity) 등의 정보를 획득한다. 또한, 단말은 PBCH에 기반하여 셀 내 브로드캐스트 정보를 획득할 수 있다. 한편, 단말은 초기 셀 탐색 단계에서 하향링크 참조 신호(Downlink Reference Signal, DL RS)를 수신하여 하향링크 채널 상태를 확인할 수 있다.When a terminal is powered on again from a powered-off state or enters a new cell, it performs an initial cell search operation, such as synchronizing with the base station, in step S101. To this end, the terminal receives a Synchronization Signal Block (SSB) from the base station. The SSB includes a Primary Synchronization Signal (PSS), a Secondary Synchronization Signal (SSS), and a Physical Broadcast Channel (PBCH). The terminal synchronizes with the base station based on the PSS/SSS and obtains information such as a cell ID (cell identity). In addition, the terminal can obtain broadcast information within the cell based on the PBCH. Meanwhile, the terminal can check the downlink channel status by receiving a Downlink Reference Signal (DL RS) during the initial cell search phase.

초기 셀 탐색을 마친 단말은 단계 S102에서 물리 하향링크 제어 채널(Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH) 및 물리 하향링크 제어 채널 정보에 따른 물리 하향링크 공유 채널(Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDSCH)을 수신하여 좀더 구체적인 시스템 정보를 획득할 수 있다.After completing the initial cell search, the terminal can obtain more specific system information by receiving a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) and a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) based on the physical downlink control channel information in step S102.

이후, 단말은 기지국에 접속을 완료하기 위해 단계 S103 내지 단계 S106과 같은 임의 접속 과정(Random Access Procedure)을 수행할 수 있다. 이를 위해 단말은 물리 임의 접속 채널(Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH)을 통해 프리앰블(preamble)을 전송하고(S103), 물리 하향링크 제어 채널 및 이에 대응하는 물리 하향링크 공유 채널을 통해 프리앰블에 대한 응답 메시지를 수신할 수 있다(S104). 경쟁 기반 임의 접속(Contention based random access)의 경우 추가적인 물리 임의 접속 채널의 전송(S105) 및 물리 하향링크 제어 채널 및 이에 대응하는 물리 하향링크 공유 채널 수신(S106)과 같은 충돌 해결 절차(Contention Resolution Procedure)를 수행할 수 있다.Thereafter, the terminal may perform a random access procedure such as steps S103 to S106 to complete connection to the base station. To this end, the terminal may transmit a preamble through a physical random access channel (PRACH) (S103) and receive a response message to the preamble through a physical downlink control channel and a corresponding physical downlink shared channel (S104). In the case of contention-based random access, a contention resolution procedure such as transmission of an additional physical random access channel (S105) and reception of a physical downlink control channel and a corresponding physical downlink shared channel (S106) may be performed.

상술한 바와 같은 절차를 수행한 단말은 이후 일반적인 상향/하향링크 신호 전송 절차로서 물리 하향링크 제어 채널/물리 하향링크 공유 채널 수신(S107) 및 물리 상향링크 공유 채널(Physical Uplink Shared Channel, PUSCH)/물리 상향링크 제어 채널(Physical Uplink Control Channel, PUCCH) 전송(S108)을 수행할 수 있다. 단말이 기지국으로 전송하는 제어 정보를 통칭하여 상향링크 제어 정보(Uplink Control Information, UCI)라고 지칭한다. UCI는 HARQ ACK/NACK(Hybrid Automatic Repeat and reQuest Acknowledgement/Negative-ACK), SR(Scheduling Request), CSI(Channel State Information) 등을 포함한다. CSI는 CQI(Channel Quality Indicator), PMI(Precoding Matrix Indicator), RI(Rank Indication) 등을 포함한다. UCI는 일반적으로 PUCCH를 통해 전송되지만, 제어 정보와 트래픽 데이터가 동시에 전송되어야 할 경우 PUSCH를 통해 전송될 수 있다. 또한, 네트워크의 요청/지시에 의해 PUSCH를 통해 UCI를 비주기적으로 전송할 수 있다.The terminal that has performed the procedure as described above can then perform the general uplink/downlink signal transmission procedure, such as receiving a physical downlink control channel/physical downlink shared channel (S107) and transmitting a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH)/physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) (S108). The control information that the terminal transmits to the base station is collectively referred to as uplink control information (UCI). UCI includes HARQ ACK/NACK (Hybrid Automatic Repeat and request Acknowledgement/Negative-ACK), SR (Scheduling Request), CSI (Channel State Information), etc. CSI includes CQI (Channel Quality Indicator), PMI (Precoding Matrix Indicator), RI (Rank Indication), etc. UCI is generally transmitted through PUCCH, but can be transmitted through PUSCH when control information and traffic data must be transmitted simultaneously. Additionally, UCI can be transmitted aperiodically via PUSCH upon request/instruction from the network.

도 2는 무선 프레임(radio frame)의 구조를 예시한다. NR에서 상향링크 및 하향링크 전송은 프레임으로 구성된다. 각 무선 프레임은 10ms의 길이를 가지며, 두 개의 5ms 하프-프레임(Half-Frame, HF)으로 분할된다. 각 하프-프레임은 5개의 1ms 서브프레임(Subframe, SF)으로 분할된다. 서브프레임은 하나 이상의 슬롯으로 분할되며, 서브프레임 내 슬롯 개수는 SCS(Subcarrier Spacing)에 의존한다. 각 슬롯은 CP(cyclic prefix)에 따라 12개 또는 14개의 OFDM(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) 심볼을 포함한다. 보통(normal) CP가 사용되는 경우, 각 슬롯은 14개의 OFDM 심볼을 포함한다. 확장(extended) CP가 사용되는 경우, 각 슬롯은 12개의 OFDM 심볼을 포함한다.Figure 2 illustrates the structure of a radio frame. In NR, uplink and downlink transmissions are organized into frames. Each radio frame is 10 ms long and is divided into two 5 ms half-frames (HF). Each half-frame is divided into five 1 ms sub-frames (SF). A sub-frame is divided into one or more slots, and the number of slots within a sub-frame depends on the subcarrier spacing (SCS). Each slot contains 12 or 14 OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) symbols, depending on the cyclic prefix (CP). When a normal CP is used, each slot contains 14 OFDM symbols. When an extended CP is used, each slot contains 12 OFDM symbols.

표 1은 보통 CP가 사용되는 경우, SCS에 따라 슬롯 별 심볼의 개수, 프레임 별 슬롯의 개수와 서브프레임 별 슬롯의 개수가 달라지는 것을 예시한다. Table 1 illustrates that when CP is normally used, the number of symbols per slot, the number of slots per frame, and the number of slots per subframe vary depending on the SCS.

SCS (15*2u)SCS (15*2 u ) Nslot symb N slot symb Nframe,u slot N frame,u slot Nsubframe,u slot N subframes, u slots 15KHz (u=0)15KHz (u=0) 1414 1010 11 30KHz (u=1)30KHz (u=1) 1414 2020 22 60KHz (u=2)60KHz (u=2) 1414 4040 44 120KHz (u=3)120KHz (u=3) 1414 8080 88 240KHz (u=4)240KHz (u=4) 1414 160160 1616

* Nslot symb: 슬롯 내 심볼의 개수* N slot symb : Number of symbols in the slot

* Nframe,u slot: 프레임 내 슬롯의 개수* N frame,u slot : Number of slots in a frame

* Nsubframe,u slot: 서브프레임 내 슬롯의 개수* N subframe,u slot : number of slots in a subframe

표 2는 확장 CP가 사용되는 경우, SCS에 따라 슬롯 별 심볼의 개수, 프레임 별 슬롯의 개수와 서브프레임 별 슬롯의 개수가 달라지는 것을 예시한다.Table 2 illustrates that when extended CP is used, the number of symbols per slot, the number of slots per frame, and the number of slots per subframe vary depending on the SCS.

SCS (15*2u)SCS (15*2 u ) Nslot symb N slot symb Nframe,u slot N frame,u slot Nsubframe,u slot N subframes, u slots 60KHz (u=2)60KHz (u=2) 1212 4040 44

프레임의 구조는 예시에 불과하고, 프레임에서 서브프레임의 수, 슬롯의 수, 심볼의 수는 다양하게 변경될 수 있다.The structure of the frame is only an example, and the number of subframes, number of slots, and number of symbols in the frame can be varied.

NR 시스템에서는 하나의 단말에게 병합되는 복수의 셀들간에 OFDM 뉴모놀로지(numerology)(예, SCS)가 상이하게 설정될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 동일한 개수의 심볼로 구성된 시간 자원(예, SF, 슬롯 또는 TTI)(편의상, TU(Time Unit)로 통칭)의 (절대 시간) 구간이 병합된 셀들간에 상이하게 설정될 수 있다. 여기서, 심볼은 OFDM 심볼 (혹은, CP-OFDM 심볼), SC-FDMA 심볼 (혹은, Discrete Fourier Transform-spread-OFDM, DFT-s-OFDM 심볼)을 포함할 수 있다. In an NR system, OFDM numerology (e.g., SCS) may be set differently between multiple cells that are merged into a single terminal. Accordingly, the (absolute time) interval of a time resource (e.g., SF, slot, or TTI) (conveniently referred to as TU (Time Unit)) consisting of the same number of symbols may be set differently between the merged cells. Here, the symbol may include an OFDM symbol (or CP-OFDM symbol), an SC-FDMA symbol (or Discrete Fourier Transform-spread-OFDM, DFT-s-OFDM symbol).

도 3은 슬롯의 자원 그리드(resource grid)를 예시한다. 슬롯은 시간 도메인에서 복수의 심볼을 포함한다. 예를 들어, 보통 CP의 경우 하나의 슬롯이 14개의 심볼을 포함하나, 확장 CP의 경우 하나의 슬롯이 12개의 심볼을 포함한다. 반송파는 주파수 도메인에서 복수의 부반송파를 포함한다. RB(Resource Block)는 주파수 도메인에서 복수(예, 12)의 연속한 부반송파로 정의된다. BWP(Bandwidth Part)는 주파수 도메인에서 복수의 연속한 PRB(Physical RB)로 정의되며, 하나의 뉴모놀로지(numerology)(예, SCS, CP 길이 등)에 대응될 수 있다. 반송파는 최대 N개(예, 5개)의 BWP를 포함할 수 있다. 데이터 통신은 활성화된 BWP를 통해서 수행되며, 하나의 단말한테는 하나의 BWP만 활성화 될 수 있다. 자원 그리드에서 각각의 요소는 자원요소(Resource Element, RE)로 지칭되며, 하나의 복소 심볼이 맵핑될 수 있다.Figure 3 illustrates a resource grid of a slot. A slot includes multiple symbols in the time domain. For example, in the case of a regular CP, one slot includes 14 symbols, but in the case of an extended CP, one slot includes 12 symbols. A carrier includes multiple subcarriers in the frequency domain. A Resource Block (RB) is defined as multiple (e.g., 12) consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain. A Bandwidth Part (BWP) is defined as multiple consecutive Physical RBs (PRBs) in the frequency domain and can correspond to a single numerology (e.g., SCS, CP length, etc.). A carrier can include up to N (e.g., 5) BWPs. Data communication is performed through activated BWPs, and only one BWP can be activated for a single terminal. Each element in the resource grid is referred to as a Resource Element (RE), to which one complex symbol can be mapped.

도 4는 슬롯 내에 물리 채널이 맵핑되는 예를 도시한다. NR 시스템에서 프레임은 하나의 슬롯 내에 DL 제어 채널, DL 또는 UL 데이터, UL 제어 채널 등이 모두 포함될 수 있는 자기-완비 구조를 특징으로 한다. 예를 들어, 슬롯 내의 처음 N개의 심볼은 DL 제어 채널(예, PDCCH)을 전송하는데 사용되고(이하, DL 제어 영역), 슬롯 내의 마지막 M개의 심볼은 UL 제어 채널(예, PUCCH)을 전송하는데 사용될 수 있다(이하, UL 제어 영역). N과 M은 각각 0 이상의 정수이다. DL 제어 영역과 UL 제어 영역의 사이에 있는 자원 영역(이하, 데이터 영역)은 DL 데이터(예, PDSCH) 전송을 위해 사용되거나, UL 데이터(예, PUSCH) 전송을 위해 사용될 수 있다. GP는 기지국과 단말이 송신 모드에서 수신 모드로 전환하는 과정 또는 수신 모드에서 송신 모드로 전환하는 과정에서 시간 갭을 제공한다. 서브프레임 내에서 DL에서 UL로 전환되는 시점의 일부 심볼이 GP로 설정될 수 있다.Figure 4 illustrates an example of mapping physical channels within a slot. In an NR system, a frame is characterized by a self-contained structure in which a DL control channel, DL or UL data, and a UL control channel can all be included within a single slot. For example, the first N symbols within a slot can be used to transmit a DL control channel (e.g., PDCCH) (hereinafter, DL control region), and the last M symbols within a slot can be used to transmit a UL control channel (e.g., PUCCH) (hereinafter, UL control region). N and M are each integers greater than or equal to 0. The resource region (hereinafter, data region) between the DL control region and the UL control region can be used to transmit DL data (e.g., PDSCH) or UL data (e.g., PUSCH). GP provides a time gap when a base station and a terminal switch from a transmission mode to a reception mode or from a reception mode to a transmission mode. Some symbols at the time of switching from DL to UL within a subframe can be set as GP.

PDCCH는 DCI(Downlink Control Information)를 운반한다. 예를 들어, PCCCH (즉, DCI)는 DL-SCH(downlink shared channel)의 전송 포맷 및 자원 할당, UL-SCH(uplink shared channel)에 대한 자원 할당 정보, PCH(paging channel)에 대한 페이징 정보, DL-SCH 상의 시스템 정보, PDSCH 상에서 전송되는 랜덤 접속 응답과 같은 상위 계층 제어 메시지에 대한 자원 할당 정보, 전송 전력 제어 명령, CS(Configured Scheduling)의 활성화/해제 등을 나른다. DCI는 CRC(cyclic redundancy check)를 포함하며, CRC는 PDCCH의 소유자 또는 사용 용도에 따라 다양한 식별자(예, Radio Network Temporary Identifier, RNTI)로 마스킹/스크램블 된다. 예를 들어, PDCCH가 특정 단말을 위한 것이면, CRC는 단말 식별자(예, Cell-RNTI, C-RNTI)로 마스킹 된다. PDCCH가 페이징에 관한 것이면, CRC는 P-RNTI(Paging-RNTI)로 마스킹 된다. PDCCH가 시스템 정보(예, System Information Block, SIB)에 관한 것이면, CRC는 SI-RNTI(System Information RNTI)로 마스킹 된다. PDCCH가 랜덤 접속 응답에 관한 것이면, CRC는 RA-RNTI(Random Access-RNTI)로 마스킹 된다.The PDCCH carries Downlink Control Information (DCI). For example, the PCCCH (i.e., DCI) carries the transmission format and resource allocation of the downlink shared channel (DL-SCH), resource allocation information for the uplink shared channel (UL-SCH), paging information for the paging channel (PCH), system information on the DL-SCH, resource allocation information for upper layer control messages such as random access responses transmitted on the PDSCH, transmission power control commands, activation/deactivation of Configured Scheduling (CS), etc. The DCI includes a cyclic redundancy check (CRC), which is masked/scrambled with various identifiers (e.g., Radio Network Temporary Identifier, RNTI) depending on the owner or usage of the PDCCH. For example, if the PDCCH is for a specific terminal, the CRC is masked with a terminal identifier (e.g., Cell-RNTI, C-RNTI). If the PDCCH is for paging, the CRC is masked with the Paging-RNTI (P-RNTI). If the PDCCH is for system information (e.g., a System Information Block, SIB), the CRC is masked with the System Information RNTI (SI-RNTI). If the PDCCH is for a random access response, the CRC is masked with the Random Access-RNTI (RA-RNTI).

PDCCH 수신을 위해, 단말은 CORESET에서 PDCCH 후보들의 세트를 모니터링(예, 블라인드 디코딩)을 할 수 있다. PDCCH 후보는 PDCCH 수신/검출을 위해 단말이 모니터링 하는 CCE(들)을 나타낸다. PDCCH 모니터링은 PDCCH 모니터링이 설정된 각각의 활성화된 셀 상의 활성 DL BWP 상의 하나 이상의 CORESET에서 수행될 수 있다. 단말이 모니터링 하는 PDCCH 후보들의 세트는 PDCCH 검색 공간(Search Space, SS) 세트로 정의된다. SS 세트는 공통 검색 공간(Common Search Space, CSS) 세트 또는 단말-특정 검색 공간(UE-specific Search Space, USS) 세트일 수 있다.For PDCCH reception, the UE may monitor (e.g., perform blind decoding) a set of PDCCH candidates in a CORESET. The PDCCH candidates represent the CCE(s) that the UE monitors for PDCCH reception/detection. PDCCH monitoring may be performed in one or more CORESETs on an active DL BWP on each activated cell in which PDCCH monitoring is configured. The set of PDCCH candidates that the UE monitors is defined as a PDCCH Search Space (SS) set. The SS set may be a Common Search Space (CSS) set or a UE-specific Search Space (USS) set.

표 3은 PDCCH 검색 공간을 예시한다.Table 3 illustrates the PDCCH search space.

Search SpaceSearch Space TypeType RNTIRNTI Use CaseUse Case Type0-PDCCHType0-PDCCH CommonCommon SI-RNTI on a primary cellSI-RNTI on a primary cell Broadcast of System InformationBroadcast of System Information Type0A-PDCCHType0A-PDCCH CommonCommon SI-RNTI on a primary cellSI-RNTI on a primary cell Broadcast of System InformationBroadcast of System Information Type1-PDCCHType1-PDCCH CommonCommon RA-RNTI or TC-RNTI on a primary cellRA-RNTI or TC-RNTI on a primary cell Msg2, Msg4 in RACHMsg2, Msg4 in RACH Type2-PDCCHType2-PDCCH CommonCommon P-RNTI on a primary cellP-RNTI on a primary cell PagingSystem Information change notificationPagingSystem Information change notification Type3-PDCCHType3-PDCCH CommonCommon INT-RNTI, SFI-RNTI, TPC-PUSCH-RNTI, TPC-PUCCH-RNTI, TPC-SRS-RNTI, C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI or CS-RNTIINT-RNTI, SFI-RNTI, TPC-PUSCH-RNTI, TPC-PUCCH-RNTI, TPC-SRS-RNTI, C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI or CS-RNTI Group signalingGroup signaling UE SpecificUE Specific UE SpecificUE Specific C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI or CS-RNTIC-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI or CS-RNTI UE signaling (e.g., PDSCH/PUSCH)UE signaling (e.g., PDSCH/PUSCH)

SS 세트는 시스템 정보(예, MIB) 또는 단말-특정(UE-specific) 상위 계층(예, RRC) 시그널링을 통해 설정될 수 있다. 서빙 셀의 각 DL BWP에는 S개(예, 10) 이하의 SS 세트가 설정될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 각 SS 세트에 대해 다음의 파라미터/정보가 제공될 수 있다. 각각의 SS 세트는 하나의 CORESET와 연관되며(associated), 각각의 CORESET 구성은 하나 이상의 SS 세트와 연관될 수 있다.SS sets can be configured via system information (e.g., MIB) or UE-specific higher layer (e.g., RRC) signaling. Each DL BWP of a serving cell can have up to S (e.g., 10) SS sets configured. For example, the following parameters/information can be provided for each SS set. Each SS set is associated with one CORESET, and each CORESET configuration can be associated with one or more SS sets.

- searchSpaceId: SS 세트의 ID를 나타낸다.- searchSpaceId: Indicates the ID of the SS set.

- controlResourceSetId: SS 세트와 연관된 CORESET를 나타낸다.- controlResourceSetId: Indicates the CORESET associated with the SS set.

- monitoringSlotPeriodicityAndOffset: PDCCH 모니터링 주기 구간 (슬롯 단위) 및 PDCCH 모니터링 구간 오프셋 (슬롯 단위)을 나타낸다.- monitoringSlotPeriodicityAndOffset: Indicates the PDCCH monitoring period period (in slot units) and the PDCCH monitoring period offset (in slot units).

- monitoringSymbolsWithinSlot: PDCCH 모니터링이 설정된 슬롯 내에서 PDCCH 모니터링을 위한 첫 번째 OFDMA 심볼(들)을 나타낸다. 비트맵을 통해 지시되며, 각 비트는 슬롯 내의 각 OFDMA 심볼에 대응한다. 비트맵의 MSB는 슬롯 내 첫 번째 OFDM 심볼에 대응한다. 비트 값이 1인 비트(들)에 대응되는 OFDMA 심볼(들)이 슬롯 내에서 CORESET의 첫 번째 심볼(들)에 해당한다.- monitoringSymbolsWithinSlot: Indicates the first OFDMA symbol(s) for PDCCH monitoring within the slot where PDCCH monitoring is configured. It is indicated through a bitmap, and each bit corresponds to each OFDMA symbol within the slot. The MSB of the bitmap corresponds to the first OFDM symbol within the slot. The OFDMA symbol(s) corresponding to the bit(s) with a bit value of 1 corresponds to the first symbol(s) of the CORESET within the slot.

- nrofCandidates: AL={1, 2, 4, 8, 16} 별 PDCCH 후보의 개수(예, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 중 하나의 값)를 나타낸다.- nrofCandidates: AL={1, 2, 4, 8, 16} indicates the number of PDCCH candidates (e.g., one of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8).

- searchSpaceType: SS 타입이 CSS 또는 USS인지 나타낸다.- searchSpaceType: Indicates whether the SS type is CSS or USS.

- DCI 포맷: PDCCH 후보의 DCI 포맷을 나타낸다.- DCI format: Indicates the DCI format of the PDCCH candidate.

CORESET/SS 세트 설정에 기반하여, 단말은 슬롯 내의 하나 이상의 SS 세트에서 PDCCH 후보들을 모니터링 할 수 있다. PDCCH 후보들을 모니터링을 해야 하는 기회(occasion)(예, 시간/주파수 자원)는 PDCCH (모니터링) 기회라고 정의된다. 슬롯 내에 하나 이상의 PDCCH (모니터링) 기회가 구성될 수 있다.Based on the CORESET/SS set configuration, a UE can monitor PDCCH candidates in one or more SS sets within a slot. An opportunity (e.g., time/frequency resources) for monitoring PDCCH candidates is defined as a PDCCH (monitoring) opportunity. One or more PDCCH (monitoring) opportunities can be configured within a slot.

PUCCH formatPUCCH format Length in OFDM symbols Length in OFDM symbols Number of bitsNumber of bits UsageUsage EtcEtc 00 1 - 21 - 2 ≤2≤2 HARQ, SRHARQ, SR Sequence selectionSequence selection 11 4 - 144 - 14 ≤2≤2 HARQ, [SR]HARQ, [SR] Sequence modulationSequence modulation 22 1 - 21 - 2 >2>2 HARQ, CSI, [SR]HARQ, CSI, [SR] CP-OFDMCP-OFDM 33 4 - 144 - 14 >2>2 HARQ, CSI, [SR]HARQ, CSI, [SR] DFT-s-OFDM(no UE multiplexing)DFT-s-OFDM (no UE multiplexing) 44 4 - 144 - 14 >2>2 HARQ, CSI, [SR]HARQ, CSI, [SR] DFT-s-OFDM(Pre DFT OCC)DFT-s-OFDM (Pre DFT OCC)

1) PUCCH 포맷 0 (PF0)1) PUCCH Format 0 (PF0)

- 지원 가능한 UCI 페이로드 사이즈: up to K 비트(예, K = 2)- Supported UCI payload sizes: up to K bits (e.g., K = 2)

- 단일 PUCCH를 구성하는 OFDM 심볼 수: 1 ~ X 심볼(예, X = 2)- Number of OFDM symbols constituting a single PUCCH: 1 to X symbols (e.g., X = 2)

- 전송 구조: DM-RS 없이 UCI 신호만으로 구성되고, 복수의 시퀀스들 중 하나를 선택 및 전송함으로써 UCI 상태를 전송- Transmission structure: Consists of only UCI signals without DM-RS, and transmits the UCI status by selecting and transmitting one of multiple sequences.

2) PUCCH 포맷 1 (PF1)2) PUCCH Format 1 (PF1)

- 지원 가능한 UCI 페이로드 사이즈: up to K 비트(예, K = 2)- Supported UCI payload sizes: up to K bits (e.g., K = 2)

- 단일 PUCCH를 구성하는 OFDM 심볼 수: Y ~ Z 심볼(예, Y = 4, Z = 14)- Number of OFDM symbols constituting a single PUCCH: Y to Z symbols (e.g., Y = 4, Z = 14)

- 전송 구조: DM-RS와 UCI가 서로 다른 OFDM 심볼에 TDM 형태로 구성되고, UCI는 특정 시퀀스에 변조(예, QPSK) 심볼을 곱해주는 형태. UCI와 DM-RS에 모두 CS(Cyclic Shift)/OCC(Orthogonal Cover Code)를 적용하여 (동일 RB 내에서) (PUCCH 포맷 1을 따르는) 복수 PUCCH 자원들간에 CDM을 지원Transmission Structure: DM-RS and UCI are configured in TDM format on different OFDM symbols, with UCI multiplying a specific sequence with modulation (e.g., QPSK) symbols. Cyclic Shift (CS)/Orthogonal Cover Code (OCC) is applied to both UCI and DM-RS to support CDM between multiple PUCCH resources (following PUCCH Format 1) (within the same RB).

3) PUCCH 포맷 2 (PF2)3) PUCCH Format 2 (PF2)

- 지원 가능한 UCI 페이로드 사이즈: more than K 비트(예, K = 2)- Supported UCI payload size: more than K bits (e.g., K = 2)

- 단일 PUCCH를 구성하는 OFDM 심볼 수: 1 ~ X 심볼(예, X = 2)- Number of OFDM symbols constituting a single PUCCH: 1 to X symbols (e.g., X = 2)

- 전송 구조: DMRS와 UCI가 동일 심볼 내에서 FDM 형태로 구성/매핑되며, 부호화된 UCI 비트에 DFT없이 IFFT만을 적용하여 전송되는 구조- Transmission structure: DMRS and UCI are configured/mapped in FDM form within the same symbol, and are transmitted by applying only IFFT without DFT to the encoded UCI bits.

4) PUCCH 포맷 3 (PF3)4) PUCCH Format 3 (PF3)

- 지원 가능한 UCI 페이로드 사이즈: more than K 비트(예, K = 2)- Supported UCI payload size: more than K bits (e.g., K = 2)

- 단일 PUCCH를 구성하는 OFDM 심볼 수: Y ~ Z 심볼(예, Y = 4, Z = 14)- Number of OFDM symbols constituting a single PUCCH: Y to Z symbols (e.g., Y = 4, Z = 14)

- 전송 구조: DMRS와 UCI가 서로 다른 심볼에 TDM 형태로 구성/매핑되고, 부후화된 UCI 비트에 DFT를 적용하여 전송하는 형태. UCI에는 DFT 전단에서 OCC를 적용하고 DMRS에는 CS (또는 IFDM 매핑)를 적용하여 복수 단말에 다중화 지원Transmission structure: DMRS and UCI are configured/mapped to different symbols in TDM format, and transmitted by applying DFT to the corrupted UCI bits. OCC is applied to UCI at the DFT front end, and CS (or IFDM mapping) is applied to DMRS to support multiplexing to multiple terminals.

5) PUCCH 포맷 4 (PF4)5) PUCCH Format 4 (PF4)

- 지원 가능한 UCI 페이로드 사이즈: more than K 비트(예, K = 2)- Supported UCI payload size: more than K bits (e.g., K = 2)

- 단일 PUCCH를 구성하는 OFDM 심볼 수: Y ~ Z 심볼(예, Y = 4, Z = 14)- Number of OFDM symbols constituting a single PUCCH: Y to Z symbols (e.g., Y = 4, Z = 14)

- 전송 구조: DMRS와 UCI가 서로 다른 심볼에 TDM 형태로 구성/매핑되며, 부호화된 UCI 비트에 DFT를 적용하여 단말간 다중화 없이 전송되는 구조- Transmission structure: DMRS and UCI are configured/mapped to different symbols in TDM format, and a structure that transmits without multiplexing between terminals by applying DFT to the encoded UCI bits.

DRX (Discontinuous Reception) 동작 DRX (Discontinuous Reception) Operation

UE는 전력 소모 (Power Consumption)을 감소시키기 위해 RRC_IDLE 및 RRC_INACTIVE 상태에서 DRX(Discontinuous Reception)를 사용한다. DRX가 설정되면, UE는 DRX 설정(Configuration) 정보에 따라 DRX 동작을 수행한다.The UE uses Discontinuous Reception (DRX) in the RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE states to reduce power consumption. When DRX is configured, the UE performs DRX operations according to DRX configuration information.

DRX를 기반으로 동작하는 UE는 수신 동작에 대한 ON/OFF를 반복한다. 예를 들어, DRX가 설정된 경우, 단말은 미리 정해진 시간 간격(예를 들어, ON)에서만 PDCCH 수신/검출(예를 들어, PDCCH 모니터링)을 시도하고, 나머지 시간(예를 들어, OFF/Sleep)에서는 PDCCH 수신을 시도하지 않는다.A UE operating based on DRX repeatedly turns ON/OFF its reception operation. For example, when DRX is configured, the UE attempts to receive/detect PDCCH (e.g., monitor PDCCH) only during a predetermined time interval (e.g., ON), and does not attempt PDCCH reception during the remaining time (e.g., OFF/Sleep).

이때, 단말이 PDCCH 수신을 시도해야 하는 시간을 On-duration이라고 하며, On-duration은 DRX 주기당 한 번씩 정의된다. UE는 RRC 시그널링을 통해 기지국(예를 들어, gNB)로부터 DRX 설정(Configuration) 정보를 수신하고 (Long) DRX 커맨드 MAC CE 수신을 통해 DRX 동작을 수행할 수 있다.At this time, the time that the terminal must attempt to receive the PDCCH is called On-duration, and On-duration is defined once per DRX cycle. The UE can receive DRX configuration information from a base station (e.g., gNB) through RRC signaling and perform DRX operation by receiving (Long) DRX command MAC CE.

한편, DRX 설정(Configuration) 정보는 MAC-CellGroupConfig에 포함될 수 있다. IE MAC-CellGroupConfig는 DRX를 포함하는 셀 그룹에 대한 MAC 파라미터를 설정(Configuration)하는 데 사용된다.Meanwhile, DRX configuration information can be included in MAC-CellGroupConfig. IE MAC-CellGroupConfig is used to configure MAC parameters for a cell group including DRX.

DRX(Discontinuous Reception)는 UE(User Equipment)가 하향링크 채널을 불연속적으로 수신/모니터링하여 UE가 배터리 소모를 줄일 수 있도록 하는 동작 모드를 의미한다. 즉, DRX가 설정된 UE는 불연속적으로 하향링크 신호를 수신함으로써 전력 소모를 줄일 수 있다. DRX 동작은 On Duration이 주기적으로 반복되는 시간 간격을 나타내는 DRX 주기에서 수행된다. DRX 에는 On Duration 및 Sleep Duration (또는 DRX를 위한 Opportunity)이 포함됩니다. On Duration은 단말이 PDCCH를 수신하기 위해 PDCCH를 모니터링하는 시간 간격을 나타낸다. DRX는 RRC(Radio Resource Control)_IDLE State(또는 모드), RRC_INACTIVE State(또는 모드), 또는 RRC_CONNECTED State(또는 모드)에서 수행될 수 있다. RRC_IDLE State 및 RRC_INACTIVE State에서 DRX는 페이징 신호를 불연속적으로 수신하기 위해 사용된다.DRX (Discontinuous Reception) refers to an operation mode in which a UE (User Equipment) discontinuously receives/monitors a downlink channel to reduce battery consumption. In other words, a UE configured for DRX can reduce power consumption by discontinuously receiving downlink signals. DRX operation is performed in a DRX cycle, where On Duration represents a time interval that is periodically repeated. DRX includes On Duration and Sleep Duration (or Opportunity for DRX). On Duration represents the time interval during which the UE monitors the PDCCH to receive the PDCCH. DRX can be performed in the RRC (Radio Resource Control)_IDLE State (or mode), RRC_INACTIVE State (or mode), or RRC_CONNECTED State (or mode). In the RRC_IDLE State and RRC_INACTIVE State, DRX is used to discontinuously receive a paging signal.

- RRC_Idle State: 기지국과 단말 사이에 무선 연결(RRC 연결)이 설정되지 않은 상태.- RRC_Idle State: A state in which a wireless connection (RRC connection) is not established between the base station and the terminal.

- RRC Inactive State: 기지국과 단말 사이에 무선 연결(RRC 연결)이 설정되었지만 무선 연결이 비활성화된 상태.- RRC Inactive State: A wireless connection (RRC connection) is established between the base station and the terminal, but the wireless connection is inactive.

- RRC_Connected 상태: 기지국과 단말 사이에 무선 연결(RRC 연결)이 설정된 상태.- RRC_Connected state: A wireless connection (RRC connection) is established between the base station and the terminal.

DRX는 기본적으로 Idle 모드 DRX, Connected DRX(C-DRX) 및 확장 DRX로 구분된다. RRC IDLE 상태에서 적용되는 DRX를 IDLE 모드 DRX라고 하고, RRC CONNECTED 상태에서 적용되는 DRX를 연결 모드 DRX(C-DRX)라고 한다.DRX is basically divided into Idle mode DRX, Connected DRX (C-DRX), and Extended DRX. DRX applied in the RRC IDLE state is called IDLE mode DRX, and DRX applied in the RRC CONNECTED state is called Connected mode DRX (C-DRX).

eDRX(Extended/enhanced DRX)는 IDLE 모드 DRX와 C-DRX의 주기를 확장할 수 있는 메커니즘이다. IDLE 모드 DRX에서 eDRX 허용 여부는 시스템 정보(예, SIB1)를 기반으로 설정될 수 있다.eDRX (Extended/enhanced DRX) is a mechanism that can extend the cycle of IDLE mode DRX and C-DRX. Whether eDRX is allowed in IDLE mode DRX can be set based on system information (e.g., SIB1).

SIB1은 eDRX-Allowed 파라미터를 포함할 수 있다. eDRX-Allowed 파라미터는 IDLE 모드 확장 DRX가 허용되는지 여부를 나타내는 파라미터이다.SIB1 may include an eDRX-Allowed parameter. The eDRX-Allowed parameter is a parameter indicating whether IDLE mode extended DRX is allowed.

(1) IDLE 모드 DRX (1) IDLE mode DRX

IDLE 모드에서 UE는 전력 소모(Power Consumption)를 줄이기 위해 DRX를 사용할 수 있다. 하나의 페이징 기회(PO)는 P-RNTI(Paging-Radio Network Temporary Identifier) *?*기반 PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel) 가 전송될 수 있는 시간 간격(Time Interval) (예를 들어, 슬롯 또는 서브프레임)일 수 있다. P-RNTI 기반 PDCCH는 페이징 메시지를 어드레싱(addressing)/스케줄링(scheduling)할 수 있다. P-RNTI 기반 PDCCH 전송의 경우, PO는 PDCCH 반복을 위한 시작 서브프레임을 지시할 수 있다. In IDLE mode, the UE may use DRX to reduce power consumption. A paging opportunity (PO) may be a time interval (e.g., a slot or a subframe) during which a Paging-Radio Network Temporary Identifier (P-RNTI) based Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) may be transmitted. The P-RNTI based PDCCH may address/schedule paging messages. For P-RNTI based PDCCH transmission, the PO may indicate the starting subframe for PDCCH repetition.

하나의 페이징 프레임(PF)은 하나 또는 복수의 페이징 기회를 포함할 수 있는 하나의 무선 프레임이다. DRX가 사용되는 경우, UE는 DRX 주기당 하나의 PO만 모니터링하도록 구성될 수 있다. PF 및/또는 PO 는 네트워크 시그널링(예를 들어, 시스템 정보)을 통해 제공되는 DRX 파라미터에 기초하여 결정될 수 있다.A paging frame (PF) is a radio frame that may contain one or more paging opportunities. When DRX is used, the UE may be configured to monitor only one PO per DRX cycle. The PF and/or PO may be determined based on DRX parameters provided via network signaling (e.g., system information).

이하, 'PDCCH'는 MPDCCH, NPDCCH 및/또는 일반 PDCCH를 의미할 수 있다. 이하, 'UE'는 MTC UE, BL(Bandwidth Reduced Low Complexity)/CE(Coverage Enhanced) UE, NB-IoT UE, RedCap(RedCap) UE, 일반 UE 및/또는 IAB-MT(모바일 터미네이션)를 지칭할 수 있다.Hereinafter, 'PDCCH' may refer to MPDCCH, NPDCCH, and/or general PDCCH. Hereinafter, 'UE' may refer to MTC UE, BL (Bandwidth Reduced Low Complexity)/CE (Coverage Enhanced) UE, NB-IoT UE, RedCap (RedCap) UE, general UE, and/or IAB-MT (Mobile Termination).

도 5은 IDLE 모드 DRX 동작을 수행하는 방법의 일 예를 나타내는 흐름도이다.FIG. 5 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a method for performing IDLE mode DRX operation.

UE는 기지국으로부터 상위 계층 시그널링(예를 들어, 시스템 정보)을 통해 IDLE 모드 DRX 설정 정보를 수신한다(S110).The UE receives IDLE mode DRX configuration information from the base station through upper layer signaling (e.g., system information) (S110).

또한, UE는 IDLE 모드 DRX 설정 정보를 기반으로 페이징 DRX 주기에서 PDCCH를 모니터링하기 위한 PF(Paging Frame) 및 PO(Paging Occasion)를 결정한다(S120). 이 경우 DRX 주기는 On Duration과 Sleep Duration (또는 DRX를 위한 Opportunity)을 포함한다.Additionally, the UE determines a Paging Frame (PF) and a Paging Occasion (PO) for monitoring the PDCCH in the paging DRX cycle based on the IDLE mode DRX configuration information (S120). In this case, the DRX cycle includes an On Duration and a Sleep Duration (or an Opportunity for DRX).

또한, UE는 결정된 PF의 PO에서 PDCCH를 모니터링한다(S130). 한편, UE는 페이징 DRX 주기당 하나의 시간 간격(Time Interval)(PO)만 모니터링한다. 예를 들어, 시간 간격은 슬롯 (Slot) 또는 서브프레임(subframe)일 수 있다.Additionally, the UE monitors the PDCCH in the PO of the determined PF (S130). Meanwhile, the UE monitors only one time interval (PO) per paging DRX cycle. For example, the time interval may be a slot or a subframe.

또한, UE가 On Duration 동안 P-RNTI에 의해 스크램블된 PDCCH(더 정확하게는 PDCCH의 CRC)를 수신하는 경우(즉, 페이징이 감지된 경우), UE는 연결 모드로 천이하여 기지국과 데이터를 송수신할 수 있다.Additionally, if the UE receives a PDCCH (more precisely, a CRC of the PDCCH) scrambled by the P-RNTI during the On Duration (i.e., if paging is detected), the UE can transition to connected mode and transmit and receive data with the base station.

도 6는 IDLE 모드 DRX 동작의 일 예를 나타내는 도면이다.Figure 6 is a diagram showing an example of IDLE mode DRX operation.

도 6를 참조하면. RRC_Idle 상태(이하 'Idle state'라 함)에 있는 UE로 향하는 트래픽(데이터)이 있는 경우, 해당 UE를 향하여 페이징이 발생한다.Referring to Fig. 6, when there is traffic (data) directed to a UE in the RRC_Idle state (hereinafter referred to as 'Idle state'), paging occurs toward the UE.

따라서, UE는 (페이징) DRX 주기마다 깨어나서 PDCCH를 모니터링한다.Therefore, the UE wakes up every (paging) DRX cycle and monitors the PDCCH.

Paging이 존재하면 UE는 Connected 상태로 천이하고 데이터를 수신한다. 그렇지 않으면, UE는 다시 슬립 모드에 진입할 수 있다.If paging is present, the UE transitions to the Connected state and receives data. Otherwise, the UE may enter sleep mode again.

(2) Connected 모드 DRX (C-DRX)(2) Connected mode DRX (C-DRX)

C-DRX는 RRC Connected State에서 적용되는 DRX이다. C-DRX의 DRX 주기는 짧은 (Short) DRX 주기 및/또는 긴 (Long) DRX 주기로 구성될 수 있다. 짧은 DRX 주기는 선택 사항이다. C-DRX is DRX applied in RRC Connected State. The DRX cycle of C-DRX can be configured as a short DRX cycle and/or a long DRX cycle. The short DRX cycle is optional.

C-DRX가 설정된 경우, UE는 On Duration 동안 PDCCH 모니터링을 수행한다. PDCCH 모니터링 중에 성공적으로 검출된 PDCCH가 있는 경우, UE는 Inactive Timer를 동작(또는 실행)시키고 웨이크(Awake) State를 유지한다. 반면, PDCCH 모니터링 동안 성공적으로 검출된 PDCCH가 없는 경우, UE는 On Duration이 종료된 후 슬립(Sleep) State로 진입한다. When C-DRX is configured, the UE performs PDCCH monitoring during the On Duration. If a PDCCH is successfully detected during PDCCH monitoring, the UE operates (or runs) the Inactive Timer and remains in the Awake State. On the other hand, if no PDCCH is successfully detected during PDCCH monitoring, the UE enters the Sleep State after the On Duration ends.

C-DRX가 설정되면, C-DRX 설정을 기반으로 PDCCH 수신 Occasion (예를 들어, PDCCH 검색 공간/후보를 갖는 슬롯)이 불연속적으로 설정될 수 있다. 반면, C-DRX가 설정되지 않은 경우, PDCCH 검색 공간 설정(Search Space Configuration)에 따라 PDCCH 수신 Occasion (예를 들어, PDCCH 검색 공간/후보를 갖는 슬롯)이 연속적으로 설정(configuration)될 수 있다. 한편, PDCCH 모니터링은 C-DRX 설정에 관계없이 측정 갭(Measurement Gap)으로 설정된 시간 간격으로 제한될 수 있다.When C-DRX is configured, PDCCH reception Occasions (e.g., slots with PDCCH search spaces/candidates) may be configured discontinuously based on the C-DRX configuration. On the other hand, when C-DRX is not configured, PDCCH reception Occasions (e.g., slots with PDCCH search spaces/candidates) may be configured continuously according to the PDCCH search space configuration. Meanwhile, PDCCH monitoring may be limited to a time interval set as a Measurement Gap regardless of the C-DRX configuration.

도 7은 C-DRX 동작을 수행하는 방법의 일 예를 나타내는 흐름도이다.Figure 7 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a method for performing a C-DRX operation.

UE는 기지국으로부터 DRX 설정(Configuration) 정보를 포함하는 RRC 시그널링(예를 들어, MAC-MainConfig IE)을 수신한다(S310). DRX 설정 정보는 다음과 같은 정보를 포함할 수 있다.The UE receives RRC signaling (e.g., MAC-MainConfig IE) containing DRX configuration information from the base station (S310). The DRX configuration information may include the following information.

- on-duration: UE가 깨어난 후 PDCCH를 수신하기 위해 기다리는 구간(Duration). UE가 PDCCH를 성공적으로 디코딩하면 UE는 깨어 있고 drx-inactivity 타이머를 시작한다.- on-duration: The period (duration) during which the UE waits to receive a PDCCH after waking up. If the UE successfully decodes the PDCCH, the UE stays awake and starts the drx-inactivity timer.

- onDurationTimer: DRX Cycle 시작되는 구간(Duration); 예를 들어, DRX 주기 시작 부분에서 연속적으로 모니터링되어야 하는 시간 구간을 의미할 수 있으며, ms 단위로 표현될 수 있다.- onDurationTimer: The period (Duration) at which the DRX Cycle starts; for example, it can mean the time period that should be continuously monitored from the start of the DRX cycle, and can be expressed in ms.

- drx-InactivityTimer: PDCCH가 MAC 엔티티에 대한 새로운 UL 또는 DL 전송을 지시하는 PDCCH에 대응하는 PDCCH Occasion 이후의 지속시간; 예를 들어, UE가 스케줄링 정보를 갖는 PDCCH를 디코딩한 후의 ms 단위의 시간 구간일 수 있다. 즉, UE가 마지막으로 PDCCH를 디코딩한 후, 다른 PDCCH를 성공적으로 디코딩하기 위해 대기하는 구간(duration). 만약, 해당 구간 내에서 다른 PDCCH가 검출되지 않으면, UE는 Sleep 모드로 천이한다.- drx-InactivityTimer: Duration after the PDCCH Occasion corresponding to the PDCCH indicating a new UL or DL transmission for the MAC entity; for example, it may be a time period in milliseconds after the UE decodes a PDCCH with scheduling information. That is, the duration during which the UE waits to successfully decode another PDCCH after the last PDCCH decoded. If no other PDCCH is detected within this period, the UE transitions to Sleep mode.

UE는 재전송이 아닌 초기 전송만을 위한 PDCCH의 성공적인 디코딩 후에 drx-inactivity 타이머를 다시 시작한다.The UE restarts the drx-inactivity timer after successful decoding of the PDCCH for initial transmission only, not for retransmission.

- drx-RetransmissionTimer: DL의 경우 DL 재전송이 수신될 때까지의 최대 구간(Duration); UL의 경우 UL 재전송에 대한 승인이 수신될 때까지의 최대 구간(Duration), 예를 들어, UL의 경우, 재전송 대상인 TB (Transport Block)가 송신된 BWP (Bandwidth part)에 대한 슬롯의 수이고, DL의 경우, 재전송 대상인 TB (Transport Block)가 수신된 BWP (Bandwidth part)에 대한 슬롯의 수- drx-RetransmissionTimer: For DL, the maximum duration until a DL retransmission is received; For UL, the maximum duration until an acknowledgment for a UL retransmission is received. For example, for UL, it is the number of slots for the BWP (Bandwidth part) in which the TB (Transport Block) to be retransmitted is transmitted, and for DL, it is the number of slots for the BWP (Bandwidth part) in which the TB (Transport Block) to be retransmitted is received.

- longDRX-Cycle: On Duration 발생 주기(Period)- longDRX-Cycle: On Duration occurrence cycle (Period)

- drxStartOffset: DRX 주기가 시작되는 서브프레임 번호- drxStartOffset: Subframe number where the DRX cycle starts

- drxShortCycleTimer: UE가 짧은 DRX 주기를 따라야 하는 구간(Duration);- drxShortCycleTimer: The period (Duration) during which the UE must follow the short DRX cycle;

- shortDRX-Cycle: Drx-InactivityTimer 종료 시 drxShortCycleTimer 수만큼 동작하는 DRX Cycle- shortDRX-Cycle: DRX Cycle that runs for the number of drxShortCycleTimer when Drx-InactivityTimer ends

- drx-SlotOffset: drx-onDurationTimer가 시작되기 이전의 지연 시간(delay); 예를 들어, ms 단위로 표현될 수 있으며, 1/32ms의 배수로 표현될 수 있다.- drx-SlotOffset: Delay before drx-onDurationTimer starts; can be expressed in ms, or in multiples of 1/32ms.

- Active Time: UE가 PDCCH를 모니터링하는 총 구간 (Duration), 여기에는 (a) DRX 주기의 "On-duration", (b) drx-inactivity 타이머가 만료되지 않은 동안 UE가 연속 수신을 수행하는 시간, 및 (c) UE가 재전송 기회(Opportunity)를 기다리면서 연속 수신을 수행하는 시간을 포함한다.- Active Time: The total period (Duration) that the UE monitors the PDCCH, including (a) the “On-duration” of the DRX cycle, (b) the time that the UE performs continuous reception while the drx-inactivity timer has not expired, and (c) the time that the UE performs continuous reception while waiting for a retransmission opportunity.

보다 구체적으로, DRX Cycle가 설정(Configure)될 때 DRX 그룹의 서빙 셀에 대한 Active Time은 다음과 같은 시간을 포함합니다.More specifically, when the DRX Cycle is configured, the Active Time for the serving cell of the DRX group includes the following times:

- (a) drx-onDurationTimer 또는 (b) DRX 그룹에 대해 설정(configure)된 drx-InactivityTimer. 또는- (a) drx-onDurationTimer or (b) drx-InactivityTimer configured for the DRX group. or

- (c) DRX 그룹의 모든 서빙 셀에 대한 drx-RetransmissionTimerDL 또는 drx-RetransmissionTimerUL. 또는- (c) drx-RetransmissionTimerDL or drx-RetransmissionTimerUL for all serving cells in the DRX group. or

- (d) ra-ContentionResolutionTimer 또는 msgB-ResponseWindow. 또는- (d) ra-ContentionResolutionTimer or msgB-ResponseWindow. or

- (e) Scheduling Request 가 PUCCH를 통해 전송되고 보류 중인 구간, 또는- (e) a section in which a Scheduling Request is transmitted via PUCCH and is pending, or

- (f) 경쟁 기반 랜덤 액세스 중에서 MAC 엔티티가 선택하지 않은 랜덤 액세스 프리앰블에 대한 RAR (Random Access Response)을 성공적으로 수신한 후 MAC 엔티티의 C-RNTI로 Address된 새로운 전송을 지시하는 PDCCH가 수신되지 않은 경우.- (f) If a PDCCH indicating a new transmission addressed to the C-RNTI of the MAC entity is not received after successfully receiving a Random Access Response (RAR) for a random access preamble not selected by the MAC entity during contention-based random access.

또한, MAC CE(command element)의 DRX 커맨드를 통해 DRX 'ON'이 설정되면(S320), UE는 DRX 설정을 기반으로 DRX 주기의 ON Duration 동안 PDCCH를 모니터링한다(S330).Additionally, when DRX 'ON' is set through the DRX command of MAC CE (command element) (S320), the UE monitors the PDCCH during the ON Duration of the DRX cycle based on the DRX setting (S330).

도 8는 C-DRX 동작의 일례를 나타내는 도면이다.Figure 8 is a diagram showing an example of C-DRX operation.

도 8를 참조하면, UE가 RRC_Connected State (이하, Connected State라고 함)에서 스케줄링 정보(예를 들어, DL Assignment 또는 UL Grant)를 수신하면, UE는 DRX Inactivity Timer 및 RRC Inactivity Timer를 실행한다.Referring to FIG. 8, when the UE receives scheduling information (e.g., DL Assignment or UL Grant) in the RRC_Connected State (hereinafter referred to as Connected State), the UE executes the DRX Inactivity Timer and the RRC Inactivity Timer.

DRX Inactivity Timer 가 만료된 후 DRX 모드가 시작된다. UE는 DRX Cylcle에서 깨어나, 미리 결정된 시간 동안(on duration timer) PDCCH를 모니터링한다. DRX mode starts after the DRX Inactivity Timer expires. The UE wakes up from the DRX Cycle and monitors the PDCCH for a predetermined period of time (on duration timer).

이 경우, Short DRX가 설정되면, UE가 DRX 모드를 시작할 때, UE는 먼저 짧은 DRX Cycle을 시작하고, 짧은 DRX Cycle이 종료된 후, 긴 DRX Cycle을 시작한다. 이 때, Long DRX 주기는 짧은 DRX 주기의 배수이다. 즉, 짧은 DRX 주기에서 UE는 더 자주 깨어난다. RRC Inactivity Timer가 만료된 후, UE는 Idle 상태로 천이하여 Idle 모드 DRX 동작을 수행한다.In this case, when Short DRX is set, when the UE starts DRX mode, the UE first starts a Short DRX Cycle, and after the Short DRX Cycle ends, the UE starts a Long DRX Cycle. At this time, the Long DRX Cycle is a multiple of the Short DRX Cycle. That is, the UE wakes up more frequently in the Short DRX Cycle. After the RRC Inactivity Timer expires, the UE transitions to the Idle state and performs Idle mode DRX operation.

도 9는 DRX Cycle을 나타낸다. C-DRX 동작(operation)은 UE의 전력 절약(power saving)을 위해 도입되었다. UE는 각 DRX cycle마다 정의된 on-duration내에서 PDCCH가 수신되지 않으면, 다음 DRX cycle까지 sleep mode로 진입하여 transmission/reception을 수행하지 않는다. Figure 9 illustrates a DRX Cycle. The C-DRX operation was introduced to save power for the UE. If the UE does not receive a PDCCH within the on-duration defined for each DRX cycle, it enters sleep mode and does not perform transmission/reception until the next DRX cycle.

반면, UE는 On-duration에서 PDCCH를 수신할 경우, inactivity timer, retransmission timer 등의 동작에 기반하여 Active time이 지속(또는 증가)될 수 있다. UE는, active time 내에서 추가적인 데이터가 수신되지 않는 경우, 다음 DRX operation까지 sleep 동작을 수행할 수 있다. On the other hand, if the UE receives a PDCCH in On-duration, the Active time may be maintained (or increased) based on the operation of the inactivity timer, retransmission timer, etc. If no additional data is received within the Active time, the UE may perform a sleep operation until the next DRX operation.

NR에서는 기존의 C-DRX 동작(operation)에 추가적인 전력 절약 이득(power saving gain)을 획득하기 위해 위해 wake up signal (WUS)을 도입하였다. WUS는 각 DRX cycle (혹은 복수의 DRX cycles)의 on-duration에서 UE가 PDCCH 모니터링(monitoring)을 수행해야 하는지 여부를 알리기 위한 것일 수 있다. UE는 정해진 혹은 지시된 WUS occasion에서 WUS를 검출하지 못한 경우, 해당 WUS에 연계된 하나 혹은 복수의 DRX cycles에서 PDCCH 모니터링을 수행하지 않고 sleep 동작을 유지할 수 있다.In NR, a wake up signal (WUS) is introduced to obtain additional power saving gains from the existing C-DRX operation. The WUS may be used to indicate whether the UE should perform PDCCH monitoring during the on-duration of each DRX cycle (or multiple DRX cycles). If the UE does not detect a WUS in a designated or indicated WUS occasion, the UE may remain in sleep mode without performing PDCCH monitoring for one or more DRX cycles associated with the WUS.

(3) Wake Up 신호 (DCI Format 2_6) (3) Wake Up Signal (DCI Format 2_6)

도 10은 DCI format 2_6을 모니터링하는 방법을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.Figure 10 is a diagram for explaining a method of monitoring DCI format 2_6.

Rel-16 NR 시스템의 전력 절약(power saving) 기술에서는 DRX 동작(operation)이 수행될 경우, 각 DRX cycle의 wake up 여부를 DCI format 2_6를 통해 단말에게 알릴 수 있다.In the power saving technology of the Rel-16 NR system, when a DRX operation is performed, whether or not each DRX cycle wakes up can be notified to the terminal through DCI format 2_6.

도 10을 참조하면, DCI format 2_6에 대한 monitoring occasion은 네트워크에 의해 지시된 ps-Offset과 단말이 보고하는 Time Gap에 의해 결정될 수 있다. 이 때, 단말이 보고하는 Time Gap은 단말이 wake up한 이후의 동작을 위해 필요한 준비 기간으로 해석될 수 있다.Referring to Figure 10, the monitoring occasion for DCI format 2_6 can be determined by the ps-Offset indicated by the network and the Time Gap reported by the terminal. In this case, the Time Gap reported by the terminal can be interpreted as a preparation period required for operation after the terminal wakes up.

도 10을 참조하면, 네트워크는 단말에게 DCI format 2_6를 모니터링(monitoring)할 수 있는 search space (SS) set 설정(configuration)을 지시할 수 있다. 해당 SS set 설정(configuration)에서는 모니터링 주기(monitoring periodicity) 간격으로 duration 길이만큼의 연속된 슬롯들을 통해 DCI format 2_6를 모니터링 하도록 지시할 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 10, the network can instruct the terminal to configure a search space (SS) set capable of monitoring DCI format 2_6. The SS set configuration can instruct the terminal to monitor DCI format 2_6 through consecutive slots of a duration length at intervals of a monitoring periodicity.

DRX 설정(configuration)에서는, DRX cycle의 시작 시점(예를 들어, on-duration timer가 시작되는 지점)과 네트워크에 의해 설정(configure)된 ps-Offset 에 의해 DCI format 2_6를 모니터링(monitoring)할 수 있는 모니터링 윈도우(monitoring window)가 결정된다. 그리고 단말에 의해 보고되는 Time Gap 구간에서는 PDCCH 모니터링(monitoring)이 요구되지 않을 수도 있다. 최종적으로, 단말은 실제 모니터링(monitoring)을 수행하는 SS Set monitoring occasion은 모니터링 윈도우 내의 첫번째 Full Duration (즉, 도 10의 Actual Monitoring Occasions)으로 결정될 수 있다.In the DRX configuration, the monitoring window for monitoring DCI format 2_6 is determined by the start point of the DRX cycle (e.g., the point where the on-duration timer starts) and the ps-Offset configured by the network. In addition, PDCCH monitoring may not be required in the Time Gap section reported by the UE. Finally, the SS Set monitoring occasion where the UE performs actual monitoring can be determined as the first Full Duration (i.e., Actual Monitoring Occasions in FIG. 10) within the monitoring window.

단말이 ps-Offset을 기반으로 설정된 모니터링 윈도우에서 DCI format 2_6를 검출함으로써, 이후의 DRX cycle에서 깨어날 것인지 깨어나지 않을 것인지 여부가 단말에게 기지국으로부터 지시될 수 있다.By detecting DCI format 2_6 in the monitoring window set based on ps-Offset, the base station can instruct the terminal whether to wake up or not in the next DRX cycle.

NES (network energy saving)NES (network energy saving)

기지국의 에너지 절약은, 탄소 배출량 감축을 통해 친환경 네트워크를 구축하고 통신 사업자들의 운용지출 (operational expenditure, OPEX) 을 감축하는 것에 기여할 수 있기 때문에, 3GPP 를 비롯한 무선 통신 시스템에서 중요하게 고려되고 있다. 특히, 5G 통신의 도입으로 인해 높은 전송률이 요구되므로, 기지국들은 더욱 많은 수의 안테나를 구비하고 더 넓은 대역폭과 주파수 밴드를 통해 서비스를 제공해야 한다. 이로 인해 기지국의 에너지 비용은 최근 연구에 따르면 전체 OPEX 의 20 % 수준까지 도달했다고 한다. 이렇게 기지국 에너지 절약에 대한 높아진 관심도로 인해 소정의 시나리오 (예컨대, 3GPP NR release 18)에서는, "study on network energy savings" 이라는 새로운 스터디 아이템 (study item) 이 승인되었다.Energy conservation at base stations is a key consideration in wireless communication systems, including 3GPP, as it can contribute to building eco-friendly networks by reducing carbon emissions and reducing the operational expenditure (OPEX) of telecommunications operators. In particular, the introduction of 5G communications will require higher transmission rates, necessitating base stations to be equipped with more antennas and provide services over wider bandwidths and frequency bands. Consequently, recent studies have shown that base station energy costs have reached up to 20% of total OPEX. This heightened interest in base station energy conservation has led to the approval of a new study item, "Study on Network Energy Savings," in certain scenarios (e.g., 3GPP NR Release 18).

구체적으로, 해당 아이템에서는 기지국의 송신 및 수신 관점에서 에너지 절약 능력을 향상시키기 위해, 다음과 같은 방법의 enhancement technique 들이 고려되고 있다.Specifically, in order to improve the energy saving capability of the base station from the perspective of transmission and reception, the following enhancement techniques are being considered.

- 시간, 주파수, 공간 및 전력 영역에서 네트워크 에너지 절약 기술 중 하나 이상에서 전송 및/또는 수신을 동적 및/또는 반정적으로 더 세밀하게 조정하는 방법과 잠재적인 UE 지원/피드백 및 잠재적인 UE 지원 정보를 통해 보다 효율적인 작동을 달성 방식- A method for more fine-tuning transmission and/or reception dynamically and/or semi-statically in one or more of the network energy-saving techniques in the time, frequency, space and power domains, and for achieving more efficient operation through potential UE assistance/feedback and potential UE assistance information.

기지국은 적용하고자 하는 NES 솔루션(들)을 확인한다. NES 솔루션(들)은 신호 송수신의 제어(예: 온/오프), 빔 운영, 핸드오버 절차, 채널 측정 및 보고 등에 관련될 수 있다. 어떤 NES 솔루션(들)을 적용할지는 현재의 상황(예: 셀 부하 정도, 접속된 단말들의 특성 등)에 따라 적응적으로 선택되거나, 또는 미리 정의될 수 있다. NES 솔루션(들)을 확인한 기지국은 NES를 위한 시그널링을 수행한다. 구체적인 시그널링의 절차는 확인된 NES 솔루션(들)에 따라 달라질 수 있다. 예를 들어, 기지국은 NES 솔루션(들)에 대한 공통적인 정보를 송신하거나, NES 동작을 위해 필요한 설정 정보를 적어도 하나의 단말에게 송신하거나, NES 동작의 진행에 대한 제어 정보를 적어도 하나의 단말에게 송신할 수 있다. 또한, 기지국은 적어도 하나의 단말로부터 NES에 관련된 능력 정보를 수신할 수 있다. 이후, 기지국은 NES를 위한 동작들을 수행한다. 이때, 기지국은 앞서 수행된 시그널링에 기반하여 NES를 위한 동작들을 수행할 수 있다. 즉, 시그널링을 통해 전달된 시스템 정보, 설정 정보 및 제어 정보에 따라, 기지국은 특정 신호의 송수신을 온/오프하거나, 공간 도메인의 요소들을 온/오프하거나, 또는 측정 신호의 송수신을 위한 자원을 조절할 수 있다.The base station identifies the NES solution(s) to be applied. The NES solution(s) may be related to control of signal transmission and reception (e.g., on/off), beam operation, handover procedures, channel measurement and reporting, etc. The NES solution(s) to be applied may be adaptively selected or predefined based on the current situation (e.g., cell load level, characteristics of connected terminals, etc.). The base station that identified the NES solution(s) performs signaling for the NES. The specific signaling procedure may vary depending on the identified NES solution(s). For example, the base station may transmit common information about the NES solution(s), transmit configuration information necessary for NES operation to at least one terminal, or transmit control information regarding the progress of the NES operation to at least one terminal. In addition, the base station may receive capability information related to the NES from at least one terminal. Thereafter, the base station performs operations for the NES. At this time, the base station may perform the operations for the NES based on the previously performed signaling. That is, based on the system information, configuration information, and control information transmitted through signaling, the base station can turn on/off transmission and reception of a specific signal, turn on/off elements in the spatial domain, or adjust resources for transmission and reception of a measurement signal.

수행 가능한 NES 솔루션의 예들은 다음과 같다. Examples of possible NES solutions include:

- 인트라-시스템(intra-system) 에너지 절감(energy saving) 솔루션: RAN 노드가 이웃 RAN 노드에게 자신의 불활성화된 셀 내로 적어도 하나의 SSB 빔을 스위칭할 것을 요청하거나, 또는 인액티브(inactive) 상태의 단말(예: 정지된(stationary) 단말)에게 제한된 빔 집합을 이용하여 페이징을 수행할 수 있다. - Intra-system energy saving solution: A RAN node can request a neighboring RAN node to switch at least one SSB beam into its inactive cell, or can perform paging using a limited set of beams to an inactive terminal (e.g., a stationary terminal).

- 인터-시스템(inter-system) 에너지 절감 솔루션: 용량 부스터 셀을 소유한 NG-RAN 노드가 해당 셀을 자율적으로 비활성 상태로 전환할 수 있다.- Inter-system energy saving solution: NG-RAN nodes that own capacity booster cells can autonomously transition those cells to an inactive state.

- SSB-없는(less) SCell 솔루션: SCell에 대한 SSB 또는 SMTC(SSB-based RRM measurement timing configuration) 설정이 제공되지 아니하면, 단말은 다른 서빙 셀로부터 타이밍 기준 및 AGC 소스를 획득할 수 있다. FR1 또는 FR2에서, 기지국은 SSB 전송 없는 SCell를 포함하는 인트라-밴드 CA 또는 인터-밴드 CA를 설정할 수 있으며, 이 경우, SSB/SIB 송신은 단말의 WUS(wake up signal)에 의해 유발될 수 있다. 이에 따라, SSB와 같은 공통 채널/신호의 주기가 증가하므로, 기지국은 더 오랜 시간 슬립 상태(sleep state)에 머무를 수 있다.- SSB-less SCell solution: If SSB or SMTC (SSB-based RRM measurement timing configuration) configuration is not provided for the SCell, the UE can obtain timing reference and AGC source from another serving cell. In FR1 or FR2, the base station can configure intra-band CA or inter-band CA including the SCell without SSB transmission, in which case the SSB/SIB transmission can be triggered by the WUS (wake up signal) of the UE. Accordingly, since the period of common channels/signals such as SSB is increased, the base station can stay in the sleep state for a longer time.

- 셀 DTX/DRX 솔루션: 기지국의 하향링크 송신/상향링크 수신 활동 시간을 줄이기 위해, 해당 특징(feature)를 가지는 셀 내의 단말들에 대하여 공통적으로, 주기적인 셀 DTX/DRX 패턴(예: 활성 및 비활성 기간)이 설정될 수 있다. 여기서, 셀 DTX 패턴 및 셀 DRX 패턴은 별도로 설정 및 활성화될 수 있고, MAC 엔티티 당 최대 2개의 셀 DTX/DRX 패턴들이 설정될 수 있다. 셀 DTX가 설정 및 활성화된 경우, 셀 DTX 비활성 기간 동안 SPS 기회에 대한 모니터링 또는 PDCCH를 모니터링 중 적어도 하나가 중단될 수 있다. 셀 DRX가 설정되고 활성화된 경우, 셀 DRX 비활성 기간 동안, CG 자원에서의 송신 또는 SR 송신 중 적어도 하나가 중단될 수 있다. 셀 DTX/DRX는 RRC 시그널링 또는 L1 그룹 공통 시그널링을 통해 활성화/비활성화될 수 있다. - Cell DTX/DRX solution: In order to reduce the downlink transmission/uplink reception activity time of the base station, a periodic cell DTX/DRX pattern (e.g., active and inactive periods) can be commonly set for terminals within a cell having the corresponding feature. Here, the cell DTX pattern and the cell DRX pattern can be set and activated separately, and up to two cell DTX/DRX patterns can be set per MAC entity. When cell DTX is set and activated, at least one of monitoring for SPS opportunities or monitoring PDCCH can be stopped during the cell DTX inactivity period. When cell DRX is set and activated, at least one of transmission on CG resources or SR transmission can be stopped during the cell DRX inactivity period. Cell DTX/DRX can be activated/deactivated via RRC signaling or L1 group common signaling.

-- 셀 DTX/DRX에 대하여 활성 기간(active duration), 사이클(cycle) 등의 파라미터가 설정될 수 있다. 활성 기간은 단말이 PDCCH 또는 SPS 기회를 수신하고 SR 또는 CG를 송신하기 위해 대기하는 기간이고, 사이클은 활성 기간 및 비-활성 기간의 주기적 반복(periodic repetition)을 특정한다. 셀 DTX와 셀 DRX 모두가 설정된 경우, 활성 기간 및 사이클 등의 파라미터들은 공통적이다. 만일, 기지국이 긴급 호출이나 공공 안전 관련 서비스(예: MPS 또는 MCS)를 인식하면, 네트워크는 해당 서비스에 영향을 주지 아니하도록, 셀 DTX/DRX 설정을 해제하거나 비활성화할 수 있다. 또한, 단말의 연결 모드(connected mode) DRX의 활성 기간 및 셀 DTX/DRX의 활성 기간 간에 적어도 일부의 겹침이 요구된다. 예를 들러, 즉, 단말의 연결 모드 DRX 주기가 셀 DTX/DRX 주기의 배수이거나 또는 그 반대일 수 있다.-- Parameters such as active duration and cycle can be configured for cell DTX/DRX. Active duration is the period during which the UE receives a PDCCH or SPS opportunity and waits to transmit SR or CG, and cycle specifies the periodic repetition of the active duration and inactive duration. When both cell DTX and cell DRX are configured, parameters such as active duration and cycle are common. If the base station recognizes an emergency call or a public safety-related service (e.g., MPS or MCS), the network can release or deactivate the cell DTX/DRX configuration so as not to affect the service. In addition, at least some overlap is required between the active duration of the connected mode DRX of the UE and the active duration of the cell DTX/DRX. For example, the connected mode DRX cycle of the UE may be a multiple of the cell DTX/DRX cycle, or vice versa.

- 조건부 핸드오버(conditional handover, CHO) 솔루션: 단말에 의해 핸드오버의 실행(execution)이 판단되는 방식으로 수행되는 CHO 절차가 NES 기술이 적용되는 동안(예: 셀이 셀 DTX/DRX를 활성화하거나 끄는 경우) 사용된다. 이 경우, 단말이 후보 셀에 대한 CHO를 실행하기 위해 NES-특정(specific) CHO 이벤트를 사용할 수 있고, 이를 위한 추가적인 트리거링 조건으로서 NES 이벤트 지시자(NES event indication)로 설정된 CHO 조건(들)을 활성화하는 DCI의 수신이 적용될 수 있다.- Conditional handover (CHO) solution: A CHO procedure performed in a way that the execution of the handover is determined by the UE is used while the NES technology is applied (e.g., when the cell activates or deactivates cell DTX/DRX). In this case, the UE can use an NES-specific CHO event to initiate CHO for a candidate cell, and the reception of a DCI that activates the CHO condition(s) set by the NES event indication can be applied as an additional triggering condition for this.

- 공간 및 전력 도메인 적응(spatial and power domain adaptation) 솔루션: 송수신기 뮤팅 및/또는 전송 전력 적응에 대해 gNB를 지원하기 위해, 단말은 복수의 서브-설정(sub-configuration)을 기반으로 CSI 보고에서 여러 CSI 항목(entry)들을 보고하도록 설정될 수 있다. 각 서브-설정은 공간 도메인 적응 패턴(예: 사용 가능한 공간 요소의 서브셋) 및/또는 데이터 채널(예: PDSCH) 및 CSI-RS 간 전력 오프셋에 대응한다. 공간 및 전력 도메인 적응 솔루션의 적용에 따라, CSI 설정, 측정 및/또는 보고 동작이 영향을 받을 수 있다.- Spatial and power domain adaptation solution: To support the gNB for transceiver muting and/or transmit power adaptation, the UE may be configured to report multiple CSI entries in a CSI report based on multiple sub-configurations. Each sub-configuration corresponds to a spatial domain adaptation pattern (e.g., a subset of available spatial elements) and/or a power offset between a data channel (e.g., PDSCH) and CSI-RS. Depending on the application of the spatial and power domain adaptation solution, the CSI configuration, measurement, and/or reporting behavior may be affected.

도 11은 기지국과 단말 간에 셀 DRX/DTX에 기반하여 통신을 수행하는 방법을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining a method for performing communication based on cell DRX/DTX between a base station and a terminal.

기지국을 빈번한 웨이크-업 없이 상대적으로 긴 시간동안 슬립 모드로 동작시키기 위해, 기지국 DTX/DRX가 NES 목적으로 제안되었다. 기지국은 셀 DTX를 설정하고, 셀 DTX의 활성 기간(active period) 내에서 단말들의 C-DRX의 온-구간(on-duration)을 설정함으로써 낮은 시스템 부하 상황에서 DTX 송신을 이용하여 에너지 소비를 줄일 수 있다.To enable base stations to operate in sleep mode for relatively long periods of time without frequent wake-ups, base station DTX/DRX has been proposed for NES purposes. The base station can reduce energy consumption by utilizing DTX transmission under low system load conditions by configuring cell DTX and setting the on-duration of C-DRX of terminals within the active period of the cell DTX.

도 11을 참조하면, 기지국은 단말에게 시스템 정보를 송신하고 (S111), 단말은 셀 DTX/DRX에 관련된 정보를 확인한다. 예컨대, 시스템 정보는 MIB (master information block), SIB1 (System information block1) 등을 포함할 수 있다. NES 기술과 관련하여, 하기 표 5와 같이, MIB는 셀 차단에 관련된 정보(예: cellBarred)를, SIB1은 셀 차단 상태(cell barring statue)에 관련된 정보(예: cellBarredNES)를 포함할 수 있다. 구체적으로, MIB에 포함된 cellBarred가 차단되지 아니함을 지시하는 값(예: notBarred)으로 설정된 경우, 단말은, NES 셀 DTX/DRX를 지원 여부와 무관하게, 해당 셀이 차단되지 아니한 것으로 판단할 수 있다. 이와 달리, 수신된 MIB에 포함된 cellBarred이 셀이 차단됨을 지시하는 값(예: barred)로 설정된 경우, NES 셀 DTX/DRX를 지원하지 아니하는 단말은 해당 셀이 차단됨을 판단할 수 있다. 하지만, 단말이 NES 셀 DTX/DRX를 지원하는 능력을 가지는 경우, 단말은 셀 차단 상태를 판단하기 위해 SIB1을 확인한다. 만일, MIB의 cellBarred가 barred로 설정되고, SIB1에 cellBarredNES가 부재하면(absent), NES 셀 DTX/DRX를 지원하는 단말은 해당 셀이 차단된 것으로 취급하고, 다른 셀로 셀-재선택을 수행할 수 있다. 반면, MIB의 cellBarred가 barred로 설정되고, SIB1에 cellBarredNES가 포함된 경우, NES 셀 DTX/DRX를 지원하는 단말은 해당 셀이 차단되지 아니한 것으로 판단할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 11, the base station transmits system information to the terminal (S111), and the terminal checks information related to cell DTX/DRX. For example, the system information may include MIB (master information block), SIB1 (System information block1), etc. In relation to the NES technology, as shown in Table 5 below, the MIB may include information related to cell barring (e.g., cellBarred), and the SIB1 may include information related to the cell barring status (e.g., cellBarredNES). Specifically, when cellBarred included in the MIB is set to a value indicating that it is not barred (e.g., notBarred), the terminal may determine that the cell is not barred, regardless of whether it supports NES cell DTX/DRX. Conversely, when cellBarred included in the received MIB is set to a value indicating that the cell is barred (e.g., barred), a terminal that does not support NES cell DTX/DRX may determine that the cell is barred. However, if the terminal has the capability to support NES cell DTX/DRX, the terminal checks SIB1 to determine the cell barring status. If cellBarred of MIB is set to barred and cellBarredNES is absent in SIB1, the terminal supporting NES cell DTX/DRX can treat the cell as barred and perform cell reselection to another cell. On the other hand, if cellBarred of MIB is set to barred and cellBarredNES is included in SIB1, the terminal supporting NES cell DTX/DRX can determine that the cell is not barred.

- SIB1
SIB1 message
SIB1-v1740-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
si-SchedulingInfo-v1740 SI-SchedulingInfo-v1740 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
nonCriticalExtension SIB1-v1800-IEs OPTIONAL
}

SIB1-v1800-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
cellBarredNES-r18 ENUMERATED {notBarred} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL
}
SIB1 field descriptions
cellBarredNES
The presence of this field indicates that the cell is allowed for UEs supporting NES cell DTX/DRX.
- SIB1
SIB1 message
SIB1-v1740-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
si-SchedulingInfo-v1740 SI-SchedulingInfo-v1740 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
nonCriticalExtension SIB1-v1800-IEs OPTIONAL
}

SIB1-v1800-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
cellBarredNES-r18 ENUMERATED {notBarred} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL
}
SIB1 field descriptions
cellBarredNES
The presence of this field indicates that the cell is allowed for UEs supporting NES cell DTX/DRX.

단말은 NES 셀 DTX/DRX를 지원하는 능력을 가지며, MIB의 cellBarrednotBarred로 설정되거나 또는 MIB의 cellBarredbarred로, SIB1에 cellBarredNES가 포함된 상황이 가정된다. 이에 따라, 단말은 기지국에 접속하기 위해, 랜덤 엑세스(random access) 절차를 수행하고 (S112), 이후 통신을 수행할 수 있다. 이때, 기지국은 셀 DTX/DRX 동작을 수행하며, 셀 DTX/DRX 동작에 관련된 설정 정보(configuration information)을 단말에게 송신한다 (S113). 셀 DTX/DRX 동작에 관련된 설정 정보(예: CellDTXDRX-Config)는 셀 DTX/DRX에 관련된 적어도 하나의 파라미터를 포함하며, 예를 들어, 온-구간(on-duration) 타이머, 사이클 시작 오프셋, 슬롯 오프셋, 설정 타입(예: DTX, DRX 또는 DTX-DRX), DTX/DRX의 활성화 상태(예: 활성, 비활성) 중 적어도 하나를 포함할 수 있다. 또한, 설정 정보는 셀 DRX/DRX와 관련된 제어 정보를 수신 및 해석하기 위한 정보(예: DCI 관련 정보)를 더 포함할 수 있다 (TS 38.331 CellDTXDRX-Config 참조).The terminal has the capability to support NES cell DTX/DRX, and cellBarred in MIB is set to notBarred , or It is assumed that cellBarred of MIB is barred and cellBarredNES is included in SIB1. Accordingly, the terminal performs a random access procedure to access the base station (S112), and can perform communication thereafter. At this time, the base station performs a cell DTX/DRX operation and transmits configuration information related to the cell DTX/DRX operation to the terminal (S113). The configuration information related to the cell DTX/DRX operation (e.g., CellDTXDRX-Config ) includes at least one parameter related to the cell DTX/DRX, and may include, for example, at least one of an on-duration timer, a cycle start offset, a slot offset, a configuration type (e.g., DTX, DRX, or DTX-DRX), and an activation status of the DTX/DRX (e.g., active, inactive). Additionally, the configuration information may further include information for receiving and interpreting cell DRX/DRX related control information (e.g. DCI related information) (see TS 38.331 CellDTXDRX-Config ).

이후, 기지국은 단말에게 셀 DTX/DRX에 관련된 제어 정보를 송신한다 (S115). 셀 DTX/DRX에 관련된 제어 정보는 지정된 포맷(예: 포맷 2_9)을 가지는 DCI를 포함할 수 있다. 설정 정보(예: cellDTXDRX-Config)에 의해 셀 DTX 동작 및 셀 DRX 동작 중 적어도 하나에 따른 서빙 셀에 대한 동작이 설정된 경우, 단말은 상위 계층 파라미터(예: SearchSpace)를 통해 활성 시간 동안 지정된 포맷의 제어 정보를 전달하는 PDCCH를 모니터하기 위한 검색 공간(search space) 집합(예: Type3-PDCCH CSS 집합)을 확인하고, 상위 계층 파라미터(예: positionInDCI-cellDTRX)를 통해 제어 정보 내에서 서빙 셀에 대한 정보의 위치(location)를 획득할 수 있다. 그리고, 단말은 확인된 검색 공간 집합 및 위치에 기반하여 제어 정보를 획득할 수 있다. Thereafter, the base station transmits control information related to cell DTX/DRX to the terminal (S115). The control information related to cell DTX/DRX may include DCI having a designated format (e.g., format 2_9). If an operation for a serving cell according to at least one of the cell DTX operation and the cell DRX operation is configured by configuration information (e.g., cellDTXDRX -Config ), the terminal may check a set of search spaces (e.g., a Type3-PDCCH CSS set) for monitoring a PDCCH conveying control information of a designated format during an active time through a higher layer parameter (e.g., SearchSpace), and may obtain a location of information about the serving cell within the control information through a higher layer parameter (e.g., positionInDCI-cellDTRX ). Then, the terminal may obtain control information based on the identified set of search spaces and location.

셀 DTX/DRX에 관련된 제어 정보는 셀 DTX 및/또는 셀 DRX의 활성화 또는 비활성화를 지시하기 위해, 및/또는 NES-모드 지시자를 제공하기 위해 사용될 수 있으며, 예를 들어, 셀 DTX/DRX 지시자, NES-모드 지시자를 포함하는 적어도 하나의 블록을 포함할 수 있다. 이때, 서빙 셀이 SUL(supplementary uplink) 반송파로 설정된 경우, 셀 DTX/DRX 지시자에 의한 셀 DRX의 활성화 또는 비활성화 지시는 UL 캐리어 및 SUL 캐리어 모두에 적용될 수 있다.Control information related to cell DTX/DRX may be used to indicate activation or deactivation of cell DTX and/or cell DRX, and/or to provide an NES-mode indicator, and may include, for example, at least one block including a cell DTX/DRX indicator and an NES-mode indicator. In this case, when the serving cell is configured as a SUL (supplementary uplink) carrier, the indication of activation or deactivation of cell DRX by the cell DTX/DRX indicator may be applied to both the UL carrier and the SUL carrier.

이와 관련된 DCI 포맷 2_9는 하기의 표 6과 같이 정의될 수 있다.The DCI format 2_9 related to this can be defined as shown in Table 6 below.

- DCI Format 2_9
DCI format 2_9 is used for activating or de-activating the cell DTX and/or DRX configuration of one or multiple serving cells for one or more UEs, and/or for providing NES-mode indication of the primary cell for one or more UEs.
The following information is transmitted by means of the DCI format 2_9 with CRC scrambled by cellDTRX:
- block number 1, block number 2,..., block number N
where the starting position of a block associated with a serving cell is determined by the parameter positionInDCI-cellDTRX provided by higher layers for the UE.
If the UE is configured to monitor DCI 2_9 with CRC scrambled by cellDTRX-RNTI, one or more blocks are configured for the UE by higher layers, with the following fields defined for each block:
- Cell DTX/DRX indication - number of bits determined by the following:
- If higher layer parameter cellDTXDRX-L1activation is configured
- 2 bits as defined in Clause 11.5 of [5, TS38.213] if cellDTXDRXconfigType is configured to dtxdrx for the associated serving cell of the block, with the MSB corresponding to cell DTX configuration and the LSB corresponding to cell DRX configuration;
- 1 bit as defined in Clause 11.5 of [5, TS38.213] if cellDTXDRXconfigType is configured to either dtx or drx for the associated serving cell of the block;
- 0 bit otherwise.
- NES-mode indication - 1 bit indicating NES-specific CHO execution condition as defined in Clause 11.5 of [5, TS38.213], if the higher layer parameter nesEvent is configured and the associated serving cell of the block is primary cell; 0 bit otherwise.
The size of DCI format 2_9 is indicated by the higher layer parameter sizeDCI-2-9.
- DCI Format 2_9
DCI format 2_9 is used for activating or de-activating the cell DTX and/or DRX configuration of one or multiple serving cells for one or more UEs, and/or for providing NES-mode indication of the primary cell for one or more UEs.
The following information is transmitted by means of the DCI format 2_9 with CRC scrambled by cellDTRX:
- block number 1, block number 2,..., block number N
where the starting position of a block associated with a serving cell is determined by the parameter positionInDCI-cellDTRX provided by higher layers for the UE.
If the UE is configured to monitor DCI 2_9 with CRC scrambled by cellDTRX-RNTI, one or more blocks are configured for the UE by higher layers, with the following fields defined for each block:
- Cell DTX/DRX indication - number of bits determined by the following:
- If higher layer parameter cellDTXDRX-L1activation is configured
- 2 bits as defined in Clause 11.5 of [5, TS38.213] if cellDTXDRXconfigType is configured to dtxdrx for the associated serving cell of the block, with the MSB corresponding to cell DTX configuration and the LSB corresponding to cell DRX configuration;
- 1 bit as defined in Clause 11.5 of [5, TS38.213] if cellDTXDRXconfigType is configured to either dtx or drx for the associated serving cell of the block;
- 0 bit otherwise.
- NES-mode indication - 1 bit indicating NES-specific CHO execution condition as defined in Clause 11.5 of [5, TS38.213], if the higher layer parameter nesEvent is configured and the associated serving cell of the block is primary cell; 0 bit otherwise.
The size of DCI format 2_9 is indicated by the higher layer parameter sizeDCI-2-9 .

이후, 단말 및 기지국은 셀 DTX/DRX에 기반하여 통신을 수행할 수 있다. 구체적으로, 기지국은 셀 DTX/DRX에 관련된 설정에 따라 신호의 송수신 등을 온/오프할 수 있으며, 이에 따라 단말은 기지국으로부터의 신호를 선별적으로 모니터링할 수 있다. DTX-OFF 동안, 기지국은 에너지 소비를 줄이기 위해 슬립 모드로 진입한다. 이때, 기지국 DTX 사이클은 단말 DRX의 사이클에 정렬될 수 있다. 기지국 DTX-ON은 단말의 DRX-ON을 완전히 커버할 수 있다. 나아가, 기지국은 NES 목적을 위해 Xn/NG의 송신과 Uu의 송신을 정렬할 수 있다. DTX/DRX 매커니즘은 기준 신호 자원 세트 그룹들의 스위칭을 트리거링하며, 기지국은 에너지 소비를 줄이기 위해 SSB, SIB, CSI-RS를 희박하게 송신하거나 송신하지 아니하는 휴면-유사 행동(dormancy-like behaviour)을 수행할 수 있다. 단말은 기지국의 설정에 따라 하향링크 신호/채널을 희박하게 수신하거나 수신하지 아니할 수 있다. 일단 기지국 DTX/DRX 동작이 트리거링되면, DTX/DRX OFF 구간에서, 단말은 대응하는 CSI-RS, SSB 또는 PDCCH를 불연속적으로 수신할 수 있다.Thereafter, the terminal and the base station can perform communication based on the cell DTX/DRX. Specifically, the base station can turn on/off the transmission and reception of signals according to the settings related to the cell DTX/DRX, and accordingly, the terminal can selectively monitor the signal from the base station. During the DTX-OFF, the base station enters a sleep mode to reduce energy consumption. At this time, the base station DTX cycle can be aligned with the cycle of the terminal DRX. The base station DTX-ON can completely cover the DRX-ON of the terminal. Furthermore, the base station can align the transmission of Xn/NG and the transmission of Uu for the purpose of NES. The DTX/DRX mechanism triggers the switching of reference signal resource set groups, and the base station can perform a dormancy-like behavior of sparsely transmitting or not transmitting SSB, SIB, and CSI-RS to reduce energy consumption. The terminal may sparsely receive or not receive a downlink signal/channel depending on the settings of the base station. Once the base station DTX/DRX operation is triggered, during the DTX/DRX OFF period, the terminal can discontinuously receive the corresponding CSI-RS, SSB, or PDCCH.

Enhancements of network energy savings for NREnhancements of network energy savings for NR

소정의 시나리오 (3GPP NR release 19)에서 “Enhancements of network energy savings for NR” 이라는 work item (WI)이 추가로 승인되었다. 구체적으로, 표 7에서와 같이 소정의 시나리오에서 하기의 enhancement technique 들이 고려되고 있다.A work item (WI) titled “Enhancements of network energy savings for NR” has been additionally approved for a given scenario (3GPP NR release 19). Specifically, the following enhancement techniques are being considered for the given scenario, as shown in Table 7.

Objective of SI or Core part WI or Testing part WI
The objectives of the work item are the following:
1. Specify procedures and signaling method(s) to support on-demand SSB SCell operation for UEs in connected mode configured with CA, for both intra-/inter-band CA. [RAN1/2/3/4]
- Specify triggering method(s) (select from UE uplink wake-up-signal using an existing signal/channel, cell on/off indication via backhaul, Scell activation/deactivation signaling)
- Note1: On-demand SSB transmission can be used by UE for at least SCell time/frequency synchronization, L1/L3 measurements and SCell activation, and is supported for FR1 and FR2 in non-shared spectrum.
2. Study procedures and signaling method(s) to support on-demand SIB1 for UEs in idle/inactive mode, including: [RAN1/2/3]
- Triggering method by uplink wake-up-signal using an existing signal/channel.
- Wake-up-signal configuration provisioning to UE
* Note: No modification of SSB will be discussed under this objective
- Information exchange between gNBs at least for the configuration of wake-up signal, if necessary.
- Checkpoint for normative work in RAN#105
3. Specify adaptation of common signal/channel transmissions. [RAN1/2/3/4]
- Adaptation of SSB in time domain, e.g. adapting periodicity
- Adaptation of PRACH in time domain
- Study adaptation of PRACH in spatial domain, e.g. non-uniform PRACH resources per SSB, and specify if found beneficial
--This study is to be done in 2Q'2024 only
- Adaptation of paging occasions including confining the paging occasions in the time domain
* Note: there shall be no paging latency increase
- Note: there shall be no negative impact to legacy UEs, unless significant benefits are shown
4. Specify the corresponding core requirements, for the above features [RAN4].
Objective of SI or Core part WI or Testing part WI
The objectives of the work items are the following:
1. Specify procedures and signaling method(s) to support on-demand SSB SCell operation for UEs in connected mode configured with CA, for both intra-/inter-band CA. [RAN1/2/3/4]
- Specify triggering method(s) (select from UE uplink wake-up-signal using an existing signal/channel, cell on/off indication via backhaul, Scell activation/deactivation signaling)
- Note1: On-demand SSB transmission can be used by UE for at least SCell time/frequency synchronization, L1/L3 measurements and SCell activation, and is supported for FR1 and FR2 in non-shared spectrum.
2. Study procedures and signaling method(s) to support on-demand SIB1 for UEs in idle/inactive mode, including: [RAN1/2/3]
- Triggering method by uplink wake-up-signal using an existing signal/channel.
- Wake-up-signal configuration provisioning to UE
* Note: No modification of SSB will be discussed under this objective
- Information exchange between gNBs at least for the configuration of wake-up signal, if necessary.
- Checkpoint for normative work in RAN#105
3. Specify adaptation of common signal/channel transmissions . [RAN1/2/3/4]
- Adaptation of SSB in time domain, eg adapting periodicity
- Adaptation of PRACH in time domain
- Study adaptation of PRACH in spatial domain, eg non-uniform PRACH resources per SSB, and specify if found beneficial
--This study is to be done in 2Q'2024 only
- Adaptation of paging occasions including confining the paging occasions in the time domain
* Note: there shall be no paging latency increase
- Note: there shall be no negative impact to legacy UEs, unless significant benefits are shown
4. Specify the corresponding core requirements, for the above features [RAN4].

(1) On-demand SSB(1) On-demand SSB

기지국이 on-demand SSB 과정을 통해서 특정 셀 상에 SSB를 전송하고 on-demand SSB 과정이 있지 않은 경우는 해당 셀 상에 SSB를 전송하지 않음으로써 에너지 소모를 줄이는 방법이 논의될 수 있다. 기존 NR 시스템에서는 시간/주파수 동기나 RRM (Radio Resource Management) 등의 목적을 위해 SSB를 주기적으로 항상 전송해야 했기 때문에 기지국이 받거나 보낼 데이터가 없더라도 에너지 소모를 줄이기 힘든 측면이 있었다. 이를 고려하여 기지국은 SSB 전송을 수행하지 않다가 on-demand SSB 과정이 수반될 때에만 SSB 전송을 수행할 수 있게 됨으로써 기지국 에너지 소모를 줄일 수 있다. 해당 on-demand SSB 과정은 다음과 같은 방법 중 하나를 통해 trigger될 수 있다.A method to reduce energy consumption by having a base station transmit SSB on a specific cell through an on-demand SSB process and not transmit SSB on that cell when an on-demand SSB process is not available can be discussed. In the existing NR system, SSB must be transmitted periodically and always for purposes such as time/frequency synchronization or RRM (Radio Resource Management), making it difficult to reduce energy consumption even when the base station has no data to receive or send. Considering this, the base station can reduce base station energy consumption by not performing SSB transmission until the on-demand SSB process is involved and then performing SSB transmission. The on-demand SSB process can be triggered using one of the following methods:

1) 단말이 상향링크 신호/채널(e.g., NR시스템에서 PRACH, PUCCH, PUSCH, SRS 등)을 전송하여 기지국의 SSB 전송을 요청1) The terminal requests SSB transmission from the base station by transmitting an uplink signal/channel (e.g., PRACH, PUCCH, PUSCH, SRS in the NR system).

2) 기지국 간 interface (e.g., NR시스템에서 Xn interface 등) 혹은 backhaul signaling 등을 통해, 기지국 (or TRP) #1에서 기지국 (or TRP) #2의 SSB 전송을 요청2) Requesting SSB transmission from base station (or TRP) #1 to base station (or TRP) #2 through an interface between base stations (e.g., Xn interface in NR system) or backhaul signaling.

3) Scell activation/deactivation signaling을 통해 해당 Scell에 대한 SSB 전송 여부를 시그널링3) Signaling whether SSB transmission is possible for the corresponding Scell through Scell activation/deactivation signaling.

기존 NR 단말과의 공존 등을 고려하여 해당 소정의 시나리오 (3GPP NR release 19)에서는 connected mode 단말 및 SCell에 대한 on-demand SSB 동작으로 국한되지만 향후 release 혹은 next generation 통신 시스템 등에서는 inactive or idle mode 단말 혹은 초기 접속 단말을 고려한 (PCell 상 SSB 전송을 위한) on-demand SSB 동작이 정의될 수 있다. 또한 해당 SCell을 포함한 CA (carrier aggregation)은 intra-band CA 혹은 inter-band CA 모두에 대해 적용될 수 있으며, on-demand SSB 과정을 통해 전송되는 해당 SCell 상 SSB는 적어도 시간/주파수 동기, L1/L3 measurement, SCell activation 등의 functionality에 활용될 수 있다.Considering coexistence with existing NR terminals, etc., the given scenario (3GPP NR release 19) is limited to on-demand SSB operation for connected mode terminals and SCells, but in future releases or next generation communication systems, on-demand SSB operation (for SSB transmission on PCell) considering inactive or idle mode terminals or initially connected terminals may be defined. In addition, CA (carrier aggregation) including the SCell can be applied to both intra-band CA and inter-band CA, and the SSB on the SCell transmitted through the on-demand SSB process can be utilized for at least functionality such as time/frequency synchronization, L1/L3 measurement, and SCell activation.

(2) On-demand SIB1 전송(2) On-demand SIB1 transmission

도 12는 On-demand SIB1의 전송을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.Figure 12 is a diagram for explaining transmission of On-demand SIB1.

기존 NR 시스템에서는 초기 접속 또는 유휴 모드 (idle mode) 단말이 셀에 접속하기 위한 시스템 정보 (system information), 랜덤 액세스 (random access) 정보 등이 포함된 SIB1가 항상 주기적으로 제공해야 했기 때문에 기지국이 받거나 보낼 데이터가 없더라도 에너지 소모를 줄이기 힘든 측면이 있었다. 이를 고려하여, 기지국은 SIB1 전송을 수행하지 않다가 on-demand SIB1 과정이 수반될 경우에만 SIB1 전송을 수행하는 방식이 도입되었고, 이를 통해 기지국 에너지 소모를 줄일 수 있다. 상기 on-demand SIB1 과정은 단말이 상향링크 신호/채널 (예컨대, NR시스템에서 PRACH 등)을 전송함으로써 기지국의 SIB1 전송이 트리거 (trigger)될 수 있다. 이와 관련하여 하기의 시나리오들이 고려될 수 있다.In the existing NR system, SIB1, which contains system information, random access information, etc. for initial connection or idle mode terminals to access the cell, had to be provided periodically, so it was difficult to reduce energy consumption even when the base station had no data to receive or send. Considering this, a method was introduced in which the base station does not perform SIB1 transmission and only performs SIB1 transmission when an on-demand SIB1 process is involved, thereby reducing base station energy consumption. The on-demand SIB1 process can be triggered by the base station transmitting an uplink signal/channel (e.g., PRACH in the NR system). In this regard, the following scenarios can be considered.

(1) 시나리오 1(1) Scenario 1

도 12 (a)를 참조하면, 단말은 cell#1에서 SSB (및/또는, 다른 하향링크 신호/채널)을 수신하여 상기 cell#1 상 SIB1이 전송되지 않음을 인지할 수 있다. 이 경우, 상기 단말은 SSB (및/또는, 다른 하향링크 신호/채널)에서 제공된 정보 및/또는 사전에 정해진 정보에 기초하여 SIB1을 요청하는 신호 (이하에서는, 설명의 편의상 상기 신호를 WUS, wake-up signal로 정의하여 설명함)를 전송하여 상기 cell#1과 관련된 SIB1 전송을 트리거할 수 있다. 상기 WUS를 수신한 기지국 또는 cell#1은 상기 WUS에 대한 응답으로 cell#1 상에 특정 DL 신호/채널을 전송해 줄 수 있으며, (또는, 해당 DL 신호/채널 전송 없이) cell#1 상에 SIB1을 전송할 수 있다.Referring to Fig. 12 (a), the terminal may receive an SSB (and/or another downlink signal/channel) from cell#1 and recognize that SIB1 is not transmitted on the cell#1. In this case, the terminal may transmit a signal requesting SIB1 (hereinafter, for convenience of explanation, the signal is defined as a WUS, wake-up signal) based on information provided in the SSB (and/or another downlink signal/channel) and/or predetermined information, thereby triggering transmission of SIB1 related to the cell#1. The base station or cell#1 that receives the WUS may transmit a specific DL signal/channel on cell#1 in response to the WUS, and may transmit SIB1 on cell#1 (or without transmitting the corresponding DL signal/channel).

(2) 시나리오 2(2) Scenario 2

도 12 (b)를 참조하면, 단말은 cell#1로부터 SSB (및/또는, SIB1 등의 다른 하향링크 신호/채널)을 수신하여 cell#2 상 SIB1이 전송되지 않음을 인지할 수 있고, cell#2를 통해 camp-on을 시도할 수 있다. 이 경우, 단말은 수신한 SSB (및/또는, SIB1과 같은 다른 하향링크 신호/채널)에서 제공된 정보 및/또는 사전에 정해진 정보에 기초하여 cell#2과 관련된 SIB1을 요청하는 신호 (예컨대, WUS)를 cell#1 상에 전송하여 cell#2에 대한 SIB1 전송을 트리거할 수 있다. 상기 WUS를 수신한 기지국은 상기 WUS에 대한 응답으로 (cell#1 상 또는 cell#2 상에) 특정 DL 신호/채널을 전송해 줄 수 있으며, (또는 해당 DL 신호/채널 전송 없이) cell#2에 대한 SIB1을 cell#1 상 또는 cell#2 상에 전송할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 12 (b), the terminal may receive an SSB (and/or another downlink signal/channel such as SIB1) from cell#1, recognize that SIB1 is not transmitted on cell#2, and attempt camp-on via cell#2. In this case, the terminal may transmit a signal (e.g., WUS) requesting SIB1 related to cell#2 on cell#1 based on information provided in the received SSB (and/or another downlink signal/channel such as SIB1) and/or predetermined information, thereby triggering transmission of SIB1 for cell#2. The base station receiving the WUS may transmit a specific DL signal/channel (on cell#1 or cell#2) in response to the WUS, and may transmit SIB1 for cell#2 on cell#1 or cell#2 (or without transmitting the DL signal/channel).

(3) 시나리오 3(3) Scenario 3

도 12 (c)를 참조하면, 단말은 cell#1에서 SSB (및/혹은 SIB1 등의 다른 하향링크 신호/채널)을 수신하여 cell#2 상 SIB1이 전송되지 않음을 인지할 수 있고, cell#2를 통해 camp-on을 시도할 수 있다. 단말은 수신한 SSB (및/혹은 SIB1과 같은 다른 하향링크 신호/채널)에서 제공된 정보 및/또는 사전에 정해진 정보에 기초하여 SIB1을 요청하는 신호인 WUS를 cell#2 상에 전송하여 cell#2에 대한 SIB1 전송을 트리거할 수 있다. 기지국은 상기 WUS에 대한 응답으로 cell#2 상에서의 특정 DL 신호/채널을 전송해 줄 수 있으며, (또는, 해당 DL 신호/채널 전송 없이) cell#2에 대한 SIB1을 cell#2 상에서 전송할 수 있다.Referring to Fig. 12 (c), the terminal may receive an SSB (and/or other downlink signal/channel such as SIB1) from cell#1, recognize that SIB1 is not transmitted on cell#2, and attempt camp-on via cell#2. The terminal may trigger transmission of SIB1 for cell#2 by transmitting a WUS, which is a signal requesting SIB1, on cell#2 based on information provided in the received SSB (and/or other downlink signal/channel such as SIB1) and/or predetermined information. The base station may transmit a specific DL signal/channel on cell#2 in response to the WUS, and may transmit SIB1 for cell#2 on cell#2 (or without transmitting the corresponding DL signal/channel).

이와 같이, 기지국이 SSB, PRACH, 페이징 (paging) 등의 공통 신호/채널(common signal/channel)의 전송 빈도 등을 줄임으로써 기지국/셀의 에너지 소모를 줄이는 방법이 논의될 수 있다. 상술한 바와 같이, SSB의 전송을 완전히 끄게 되면 기지국의 에너지 소모가 크게 줄일 수 있지만, 단말 관점에서 시간/주파수 동기나 RRM 측정 (measurement) 등과 같은 기능을 하는 SSB가 없게 될 경우에 상기 SSB의 전송을 하지 않는 셀에 대한 안정적인 동작이 보장되지 않을 수 있다. 이런 점을 고려하여, SSB의 전송을 완전히 끄는 것보다는, SSB의 전송 패턴을 상황에 따라 변경시키는 방식으로 기지국/셀의 에너지 절감시키는 것이 보다 적절할 수 있다. 여기서, SSB의 전송 패턴은 전송 주기, SSB 후보 인덱스 별 주기, 하나의 전송 주기 내에서 전송되는 SSB 후보 인덱스(들), 전송 전력 등에 대한 것일 수 있다.In this way, a method for reducing the energy consumption of the base station/cell by reducing the transmission frequency of common signals/channels such as SSB, PRACH, and paging by the base station can be discussed. As described above, completely turning off the transmission of SSB can significantly reduce the energy consumption of the base station. However, if there is no SSB, which performs functions such as time/frequency synchronization or RRM measurement from the perspective of the terminal, stable operation may not be guaranteed for cells that do not transmit SSB. Considering this, it may be more appropriate to save the energy of the base station/cell by changing the transmission pattern of SSB according to the situation rather than completely turning off the transmission of SSB. Here, the transmission pattern of SSB may be related to the transmission period, the period for each SSB candidate index, the SSB candidate index(es) transmitted within one transmission period, the transmission power, etc.

또는, PRACH 자원과 관련하여 경쟁 기반 랜덤 액세스 (contention based random access)의 경우, 기지국은 단말이 언제 PRACH를 전송할지를 알지 못할 수 있다. 따라서, 기지국은 설정된 PRACH 자원에서 항상 수신/모니터링을 시도해야 하고, 이로 인해 기지국의 에너지 소모가 커질 수 있다. 이를 고려하여, 기지국의 에너지를 절약을 도모하기 위해서 PRACH 자원의 양을 조절하는 방법이 고려될 필요가 있다. 여기서, PRACH 자원의 양을 조절은 PRACH 자원의 주기를 조절하거나, PRACH 자원 set#1과 set#2를 사전에 설정하고 둘 중 적어도 하나의 활성화 여부를 지시하는 방식으로 자원 양을 조절하거나, SSB 인덱스 별로 대응되는 RACH (또는, PRACH) 자원양을 균등 (uniform) 또는 균등하지 않게 (non-uniform)하게 제공하는 방식일 수 있다.Alternatively, in the case of contention-based random access with respect to PRACH resources, the base station may not know when the terminal will transmit the PRACH. Therefore, the base station must always attempt to receive/monitor the configured PRACH resources, which may increase the energy consumption of the base station. Considering this, a method for controlling the amount of PRACH resources needs to be considered to save the energy of the base station. Here, controlling the amount of PRACH resources may be done by controlling the period of the PRACH resources, controlling the amount of resources by pre-configuring PRACH resource sets #1 and #2 and indicating whether to activate at least one of them, or providing the corresponding RACH (or PRACH) resource amount uniformly or non-uniformly for each SSB index.

또는, 페이징의 경우, 기존에는 DRX 사이클 (또는, 페이징 사이클)내에 PF (paging frame) 및/또는 PO (paging occasion)를 시간 축으로 분산시키고, 단말은 자신의 ID 기반한 수식으로부터 유도된 특정 PF/PO에서 페이징의 수신을 시도했었다. 기지국 관점에서 여러 단말에게 동시에 페이징을 전송하고자 한다면 빈번하게 깨서 페이징을 전송했어야 했다. 이로 인한 기지국 에너지 소모를 줄이기 위한 방법으로, 페이징 수신을 위한 PF 및/또는 PO를 최대한 시간 축에 가깝게 배치하거나 동일 시간 내 주파수 축 자원을 달리하여 배치하는 방식이 고려될 수 있다.Alternatively, in the case of paging, previously, paging frames (PFs) and/or paging occasions (POs) were distributed along the time axis within a DRX cycle (or paging cycle), and the terminal attempted to receive paging at a specific PF/PO derived from a formula based on its ID. From the base station's perspective, if paging was to be transmitted to multiple terminals simultaneously, the paging had to be transmitted frequently by waking up. As a method for reducing the base station energy consumption caused by this, a method of arranging PFs and/or POs for paging reception as close to the time axis as possible or arranging different frequency axis resources within the same time may be considered.

기지국들은 점점 더 높은 전송률이 요구됨에 따라 더욱 많은 수의 안테나를 구비하고 더 넓은 대역폭과 주파수 밴드를 통해 서비스를 제공해야 한다. 최근 연구에 따르면, 기지국의 에너지 비용은 전체 OPEX (operational expenditure)의 20 % 수준까지 도달했다고 한다. 탄소 배출량 감축을 통해 친환경 네트워크를 구축하고 통신 사업자들의 운용지출 (OPEX)을 감축하기 위해 3GPP를 비롯한 무선 통신 시스템에서 기지국의 에너지 절약이 중요하게 고려되고 있다.As higher data rates are demanded, base stations must be equipped with more antennas and provide services across wider bandwidths and frequency bands. Recent studies have shown that base station energy costs can account for up to 20% of total operational expenditures (OPEX). To build eco-friendly networks by reducing carbon emissions and lowering operating expenses (OPEX) for telecommunications operators, energy conservation at base stations is a key consideration in wireless communication systems, including 3GPP.

이렇게 기지국 에너지 절약에 대한 높아진 관심도로 인해 소정의 시나리오(3GPP NR release 18)에서는, “study on network energy savings” 이라는 새로운 study item 이 승인되었고, 그 후 work item을 통해서 명시된 기술에는 FR1 및 co-located cell의 인터-밴드 (inter-band) CA를 위한 SSB-less SCell 작동, RRC_CONNECTED 모드에서 Cell DTX/DRX 및 UE DRX의 정렬 (alignment)를 포함한 Cell DTX/DRX 메커니즘 (mechanism)의 개선, Cell DTX/DRX의 노드 간 정보 교환 등이 포함되었다. 또한, 공간적 요소 (spatial element)의 효율적인 적응 (adaptation)이 가능하도록, 공간 (spatial) 및 전력 도메인 (power domain) 기술, PDSCH와 CSI-RS 간의 전력 오프셋 (power offset) 값의 효율적인 적응 (adaptation), 및 소정의 시나리오 (Rel-18)의 NES 기술이 채택된 셀에서 레거시 (Legacy) UE의 캠핑 (camping)을 방지하는 메커니즘, CHO 절차 개선, 제한된 영역에서 페이징을 제한하는 노드 간 빔 활성화 및 개선, 해당 RRM/RF 핵심 요구 사항 등이 포함되었다.Due to this increased interest in base station energy savings, a new study item called “study on network energy savings” was approved for a given scenario (3GPP NR release 18), and the technologies specified in the subsequent work items included SSB-less SCell operation for inter-band CA of FR1 and co-located cells, improvements to the Cell DTX/DRX mechanism including alignment of Cell DTX/DRX and UE DRX in RRC_CONNECTED mode, and inter-node information exchange of Cell DTX/DRX. Additionally, it includes spatial and power domain techniques to enable efficient adaptation of spatial elements, efficient adaptation of power offset values between PDSCH and CSI-RS, mechanisms to prevent camping of legacy UEs in cells where NES techniques are adopted for a given scenario (Rel-18), improvements to CHO procedures, inter-node beam activation and improvements to limit paging in a limited area, and corresponding RRM/RF core requirements.

한편, Study를 통해 유용한 것으로 밝혀진 다른 기술들 중 아직 3GPP Rel-18에 명시되지 않은 기술들이 있기 때문에 3GPP Rel-19 WI에서는 3GPP Rel-18에서 study되었으나 아직 채택되지 않은 유익한 기술들 (예컨대, on-demand SSB 및 on-demand SIB1 전송, 공통 신호/채널 전송의 적응 등)을 대상으로 네트워크 에너지 절약 이득을 얻을 수 있는 추가 기술들을 채택하는 것을 목표로 하고 있다.Meanwhile, since there are other technologies that have been found to be useful through study but are not yet specified in 3GPP Rel-18, 3GPP Rel-19 WI aims to adopt additional technologies that can achieve network energy saving benefits by targeting beneficial technologies that have been studied in 3GPP Rel-18 but not yet adopted (e.g., on-demand SSB and on-demand SIB1 transmission, adaptation of common signal/channel transmission, etc.).

이하에서는, 기지국의 에너지 절약을 위한 동적인 RO 조절 방법과, 이를 지시/설정 방법, 및 동적으로 RO가 조절될 경우에 RO의 유효성을 판단하는 방법에 대해 자세히 설명한다.Below, a method for dynamically controlling RO for energy saving of a base station, a method for directing/setting the same, and a method for determining the validity of RO when RO is dynamically controlled are described in detail.

Adaptation of PRACH for energy savingAdaptation of PRACH for energy saving

단말은 기지국의 SIB1 또는 UE-특정 (specific) RRC 시그널링 (signaling)을 통해 PRACH를 전송하기 위해 필요한 설정 정보 (예컨대, PRACH와 관련된 시간/주파수 자원)를 설정 받고, RO (RACH occasion)들에서 PRACH를 전송할 수 있다. 이 경우, 기지국은 단말이 전송할 수도 있는 PRACH를 수신하기 위해 RO마다 웨이크-업 (wake-up)하여 단말의 PRACH를 모니터링해야 한다. 따라서, 단말에게 설정된 RO의 주기가 짧은 경우에 기지국의 에너지 소모는 RO의 주기가 길게 설정되었을 경우보다 상대적으로 클 수 있다. 다만, 기지국의 에너지 절약을 위해 너무 긴 주기로 RO들이 설정된 경우, 단말이 셀 접속을 위해 PRACH 전송이 필요한 시점 근처에 RO 자원이 없을 수 있다. 이 경우, 단말이 다음 RO 자원이 나올 때까지 기다렸다가 PRACH를 전송을 할 수 있는 점에서 단말의 셀에 대한 접속 지연 (access delay)이 크게 증가할 수 있다. 이와 같은 셀에 대한 접속 지연은 상기 단말에 대한 스케줄링 지연으로 이어져 단말의 성능이 크게 저하되는 문제가 발생할 수 있다.The UE can receive the configuration information (e.g., time/frequency resources related to the PRACH) required to transmit the PRACH through the SIB1 of the base station or UE-specific RRC signaling, and can transmit the PRACH at RO (RACH occasions). In this case, the base station must wake up for each RO to monitor the PRACH of the UE in order to receive the PRACH that the UE may transmit. Therefore, if the RO period set for the UE is short, the energy consumption of the base station may be relatively greater than if the RO period is set long. However, if the ROs are set with an excessively long period to save the energy of the base station, there may be no RO resources near the time when the UE needs to transmit the PRACH for cell access. In this case, the UE may have to wait until the next RO resource becomes available before transmitting the PRACH, which may significantly increase the access delay of the UE to the cell. Delay in accessing such cells can lead to scheduling delays for the terminals, which can significantly degrade the performance of the terminals.

또한, 기지국이 셀 내 상황에 따라 연결 모드 (또는 RRC connected mode)의 단말 수가 적거나, 일시적으로 데이터 활동 (data activity)이 없는 시간 구간이 있을 수 있다. 이와 같은 상황에서, 기지국은 슬립 모드 (sleep mode)로 전환하여 에너지를 절약할 수 있으나, 주기적으로 설정된 RO에서 단말이 전송하는 PRACH가 있는지 확인하기 위해서 자주 깨어나서 상기 PRACH의 모니터링해야 한다. 이 경우, 기지국은 슬립 모드에 긴 시간 동안 머물 수 없는 바 큰 에너지 절약 이득을 기대하기 힘들 수 있다. 따라서, 이와 같은 경우 (예컨대, RRC 연결 상태의 단말의 수가 특정 임계 미만이거나, 데이터 활동이 없는 시간 구간인 경우), RO 주기를 길게 설정하는 것이 기지국의 에너지 절약 측면에서 유리할 수 있다. 다만, 현재는 RO 주기 등의 설정을 변경하기 위해서는 반-정적인 방법만 가능하기 때문에 RO 주기의 설정을 변경하는데 상대적으로 시간이 오래 걸릴 수 있고 (예컨대, SI modification), 이와 같은 RO 주기의 설정 변경의 수행 지연으로 기지국이 에너지 절약을 할 수 있는 상황에서 빠르게 대처하기 힘들 수 있다.In addition, depending on the situation within the cell, the base station may have a small number of terminals in connected mode (or RRC connected mode), or there may be a time period when there is temporarily no data activity. In such a situation, the base station can save energy by switching to sleep mode, but it must wake up frequently and monitor the PRACH to check if there is a PRACH transmitted by the terminal in the periodically configured RO. In this case, it is difficult to expect a significant energy saving benefit because the base station cannot remain in sleep mode for a long time. Therefore, in such cases (e.g., when the number of terminals in the RRC connected state is below a certain threshold, or there is a time period when there is no data activity), setting a long RO period may be advantageous in terms of energy saving of the base station. However, since changing the settings such as the RO period is currently only possible through a semi-static method, it may take a relatively long time to change the RO period setting (e.g., SI modification), and the delay in performing such a change in the RO period setting may make it difficult for the base station to quickly respond in a situation where energy saving is possible.

이하에서는, 이와 같은 문제점을 해소하기 위한 방법들을 구체적으로 제안한다.Below, we propose specific methods to solve these problems.

1. 방법 #1: 단말이 기지국으로부터 레거시 (Legacy) UE (R19 NES feature를 지원하지 않는 단말)를 위한 디폴트 RO (상대적으로 sparse한 RO) 설정과 NES UE (R19 NES feature를 지원하는 단말)를 위한 추가적인 NES RO (예컨대, additional RO)를 (별도로) 설정받는 방법1. Method #1: A method in which the terminal receives (separately) a default RO (relatively sparse RO) setting for legacy UEs (terminals that do not support the R19 NES feature) from the base station and an additional NES RO (e.g., additional RO) setting for NES UEs (terminals that support the R19 NES feature).

방법 #1은 단말의 접속 지연이 너무 길지 않으면서도 어느 정도 기지국의 에너지 절약 이득을 기대할 수 있는 방법일 수 있다. 레거시 (Legacy) UE를 위한 디폴트 RO (상대적으로 sparse한 RO) 설정과 NES UE (R19 NES feature를 지원하는 단말)를 위한 추가적인 NES RO (i.e., additional RO)를 설정 받는 방법을 고려해볼 수 있다. 이때 NES_RO 설정은 디폴트 RO 설정에 포함되어 함께 설정되거나, 별도로 설정될 수도 있다. 여기서, 레거시 UE용 RO (RO 설정)란, Rel-15 4-step RACH를 위한 RO 자원, Rel-16 2-step RACH를 위한 RO 자원, Rel-17 Redcap UE를 위한 RO자원, 또는 Rel-18 CE (coverage enhancement)를 위한 RO 자원 등을 의미할 수 있다. NES RO 설정은 적어도 하나 이상일 수 있으며, 각 NES RO 설정 별로 RO의 패턴/주기 등이 상이하게 설정될 수 있다. 또한, NES RO 설정은 사전에 설정/정의된 인덱스를 통해 NES UE들에서 활성화가 지시되거나, 이미 활성화 (activation)된 NES RO 설정을 다른 NES RO 설정으로 스위칭되도록 지시될 수 있다. 적어도 하나의 NES RO 설정은 디폴트 RO 설정과 마찬가지로 SIB1을 통해서 설정될 수도 있고, RRC 시그널링을 통해서 설정될 수도 있다.Method #1 may be a method that can expect a certain level of energy saving benefit for the base station without causing too long terminal connection delay. A method can be considered to configure a default RO (relatively sparse RO) for legacy UEs and an additional NES RO (i.e., additional RO) for NES UEs (terminals supporting the R19 NES feature). In this case, the NES_RO configuration may be included in the default RO configuration and configured together, or may be configured separately. Here, the RO for legacy UEs (RO configuration) may mean RO resources for Rel-15 4-step RACH, RO resources for Rel-16 2-step RACH, RO resources for Rel-17 Redcap UEs, or RO resources for Rel-18 CE (coverage enhancement). There may be at least one NES RO configuration, and the RO pattern/period, etc. may be configured differently for each NES RO configuration. Additionally, the NES RO configuration can be instructed to be activated in NES UEs via a pre-configured/defined index, or an already activated NES RO configuration can be instructed to be switched to another NES RO configuration. At least one NES RO configuration can be configured via SIB1, similar to the default RO configuration, or via RRC signaling.

NES UE (또는, NES aware UE, Rel-19 NES를 지원하는 UE)는 설정된 RO들 중에서 NES RO만이 사용 가능한지 아니면 디폴트 RO 및 NES RO를 모두 사용 가능한지 여부를 기지국으로부터 설정 받을 수 있다. 이와 같은 설정이 없는 경우, NES UE는 디폴트 RO와 NES RO를 모두 사용 가능한 것으로 설정되었다고 해석/가정할 수 있다. 예컨대, 상기 NES UE는 디폴트 RO 설정 및 적어도 하나의 NES RO 설정 (또는, 추가 RO 설정)에 대한 정보를 제공받을 수 있고, 상기 두 설정들 중에서 NES RO 설정에 따른 추가 RO들 (또는, NES RO들)만 사용 가능한지, 상기 두 설정들에 따른 모든 RO들을 모두 사용 가능할지 여부에 대해 기지국으로부터 지시 받을 수 있다. 또한, 이에 대한 지시가 없다면, 상기 NES UE는 상기 디폴트 RO 설정 및 NES RO 설정에 따른 모든 RO들을 사용할 수 있는 것으로 판단/결정할 수 있다. 디폴트 RO와 NES RO 모두 사용한 것으로 설정/지사되었을 지라도, NES RO는 평상시엔 비활성화될 수 있다. 이 경우, 모든 단말들 (예컨대, legacy UE와 NES UE 모두)은 디폴트 RO 설정에 따른 RO들만을 사용할 수 있고, (단말의 요청에 의해) 기지국의 동적인 지시로 NES RO가 활성화될 수 있다. 또는, NES RO의 (비)활성화가 지시될 경우, 디폴트 RO의 (비)활성화 여부가 함께 또는 별도로 지시될 수도 있다.An NES UE (or NES aware UE, a UE supporting Rel-19 NES) can be configured by the base station whether only the NES RO is available among the configured ROs, or whether both the default RO and the NES RO are available. If there is no such configuration, the NES UE can interpret/assume that both the default RO and the NES RO are available. For example, the NES UE can be provided with information about the default RO configuration and at least one NES RO configuration (or additional RO configuration), and can be instructed by the base station whether only the additional ROs (or NES ROs) according to the NES RO configuration are available among the two configurations, or whether all ROs according to the two configurations are available. If there is no such instruction, the NES UE can determine/determine that all ROs according to the default RO configuration and the NES RO configuration are available. Even if both the default RO and the NES RO are configured/instructed to be used, the NES RO may be normally deactivated. In this case, all terminals (e.g., both legacy UEs and NES UEs) can use only ROs according to the default RO setting, and NES RO can be activated dynamically by the base station (upon request of the terminal). Alternatively, when (de)activation of NES RO is indicated, (de)activation of default RO can be indicated together or separately.

단말은 디폴트 RO/디폴트 RO 그룹 (또는, 연관 기간 (association period)) 별로 시간/주파수 (time/frequency)-오프셋 (offset)을 이용하여 NES RO를 설정 받을 수도 있다. 예컨대, 단말은 시간/주파수 오프셋에 기반하여 디폴트 RO 별로 대응하는 NES RO들을 설정 받을 수 있다. 여기서, 연관 기간은 {10, 20, 40, 80, 160ms}로 SSB-to-RO 맵핑 시 SSB가 주기적으로 RO에 맵핑되는 시간 구간을 의미할 수 있다. 특정 디폴트 RO (group) 또는 연관 기간에 대한 시간/주파수-오프셋이 0으로 설정된 경우 (또는 해당 오프셋이 설정되지 않은 경우), 상기 특정 디폴트 RO 또는 연관 기간에 대응되는 NES RO가 추가적으로 설정되지 않는 것으로 판단/간주될 수 있다. 한편, NES UE에게 설정된 NES RO들이 연관 패턴 기간 (예컨대, 적어도 하나의 연관 기간) 또는 연관 기간 단위로 조절될 수도 있다. 예컨대, 기지국은 복수의 연관 패턴 기간들 (또는, 복수의 연관 기간들)을 하나로 묶어서 특정 묶음 내에 속한 NES RO들 전체를 사용하지 않도록 UE에게 설정/지시하거나, 상기 묶음 내에서 일부 연관 기간 내에 속한 NES RO들을 디폴트 RO처럼 항상 RACH 전송에 사용하도록 설정/지시할 수도 있다. NES UE에게 NES RO가 필요한 경우, 기지국/NES 셀은 연관 기간 묶음 또는 연관 패턴 기간 내의 NES RO들을 사용할 수 있는 RO들로 지시할 수도 있다. 예컨대, 상기 기지국은 NES RO들에 대한 활성화 또는 사용 가능 여부를 상기 연관 기간 또는 적어도 하나의 연관 기간 단위로 UE에게 지시할 수 있다.The terminal may be configured with a NES RO using a time/frequency-offset by default RO/default RO group (or association period). For example, the terminal may be configured with corresponding NES ROs by default RO based on the time/frequency offset. Here, the association period may mean a time period in which an SSB is periodically mapped to an RO during SSB-to-RO mapping, such as {10, 20, 40, 80, 160ms}. If the time/frequency-offset for a specific default RO (group) or association period is set to 0 (or if the offset is not set), it may be determined/considered that an NES RO corresponding to the specific default RO or association period is not additionally configured. Meanwhile, the NES ROs configured for the NES UE may be adjusted by association pattern period (e.g., at least one association period) or by association period unit. For example, the base station may group multiple association pattern periods (or multiple association periods) into one group and configure/instruct the UE not to use all NES ROs within a specific group, or may configure/instruct the UE to always use NES ROs within some association periods within the group as default ROs for RACH transmission. When the NES UE needs NES ROs, the base station/NES cell may also indicate which NES ROs within the association period group or association pattern period are available ROs. For example, the base station may indicate to the UE whether NES ROs are activated or available for use in units of the association period or at least one association period.

기지국은 디폴트 RO 설정 내 RO들과 시간/주파수 자원에서 겹치지 않도록 NES RO 설정 내 RO들을 설정하거나, 의도적으로 NES_RO 설정 내 특정 NES RO들이 디폴트 RO 설정 내의 모든 RO들을 포함할 수 있도록 NES RO들을 설정할 수도 있다. 이때, 서로 겹치는 디폴트 RO와 NES RO 간의 빔 설정 방법 중 한가지로, UE는 디폴트 RO와 NES RO 각각에 대해 독립적으로 SSB-to-RO 맵핑 (mapping)을 수행할 수 있다. 또한, 서로 겹치게 설정된 디폴트 RO와 NES RO 간의 빔 방향이 항상 일치하도록 설정될 수도 있다. 또는, 겹치게 설정된 디폴트 RO와 NES RO 간의 빔 방향이 서로 다른 경우, 항상 디폴트 RO의 설정이 상기 NES RO 보다 더 높은 우선순위를 갖는 것으로 간주되도록 설정/정의될 수 있다. 이는, 상기 NES RO (예컨대, 디폴트 RO와 오버랩된 NES RO)에 대해서는 레거시 SSB-to-RO 맵핑 방법에 의해 결정된 SSB 인덱스가 매핑되도록 하기 위한 방법 (예컨대, legacy SSB-to-RO 맵핑이 prioritization되는)일 수 있다. 또는, UE는 NES RO들에 대해서만 별도의 SSB-to-RO 맵핑을 수행하되, 상기 NES RO들 중에서 디폴트 RO와 겹치도록 설정된 NES RO를 제외하고 나머지 NES RO들에 대해서만 SSB-to-RO 맵핑을 수행할 수도 있다.The base station may configure the ROs in the NES RO configuration so that they do not overlap with the ROs in the default RO configuration in terms of time/frequency resources, or may intentionally configure the NES ROs so that specific NES ROs in the NES_RO configuration include all ROs in the default RO configuration. In this case, as one of the beam configuration methods between the overlapping default ROs and NES ROs, the UE may independently perform SSB-to-RO mapping for each of the default RO and the NES RO. In addition, the beam directions between the overlapping default RO and the NES RO may be configured to always be the same. Alternatively, when the beam directions between the overlapping default RO and the NES RO are different, the configuration of the default RO may be configured/defined to always be considered to have a higher priority than the NES RO. This may be a method (e.g., legacy SSB-to-RO mapping is prioritized) to ensure that the SSB index determined by the legacy SSB-to-RO mapping method is mapped to the NES ROs (e.g., NES ROs overlapping with the default RO). Alternatively, the UE may perform separate SSB-to-RO mapping only for NES ROs, but may perform SSB-to-RO mapping only for the remaining NES ROs, excluding NES ROs that are set to overlap with the default RO among the NES ROs.

한편, NES RO에 대한 SSB-to-RO 맵핑은 디폴트 RO와 겹치는지 여부에 기반하여 수행될 수도 있다. 디폴트 RO와 겹치도록 설정된 적어도 하나의 NES RO도 포함하는 NES RO들에 대해 SSB-to-RO 맵핑이 수행된 후에 겹치게 설정된 적어도 하나의 RO에 대해서는 겹치는 디폴트 RO의 빔 방향을 사용하도록 UE에게 설정/지시될 수도 있다 (예컨대, NES RO들에서 특정 빔 방향이 puncturing되는 효과가 있음). 또는, NES RO 설정에 따른 NES RO들 중에서 디폴트 RO와 겹치게 설정된 NES RO를 배제한 나머지 NES RO들에 대해서 SSB-to-RO 맵핑 수행될 수 있다. 여기서, 제외된 NES RO는 디폴트 RO의 빔 방향을 사용하도록 설정/지시될 수도 있다 (예컨대, NES RO들에서 특정 beam 방향이 postpone되는 효과). 이때, NES RO의 연관 기간은 디폴트 RO의 연관 기간을 따라가도록 정의/설정되거나, 디폴트 RO의 연관 기간 보다 작거나 같도록 정의/설정될 수 있다.Meanwhile, SSB-to-RO mapping for NES ROs may also be performed based on whether they overlap with a default RO. After SSB-to-RO mapping is performed on NES ROs that also include at least one NES RO that is configured to overlap with a default RO, the UE may be configured/instructed to use the beam direction of the overlapping default RO for the at least one overlapping RO (e.g., this has the effect of puncturing a specific beam direction in the NES ROs). Alternatively, SSB-to-RO mapping may be performed on the remaining NES ROs excluding the NES ROs that are configured to overlap with the default RO among the NES ROs according to the NES RO configuration. Here, the excluded NES ROs may be configured/instructed to use the beam direction of the default RO (e.g., this has the effect of postponing a specific beam direction in the NES ROs). In this case, the association period of the NES RO may be defined/configured to follow the association period of the default RO, or may be defined/configured to be less than or equal to the association period of the default RO.

또는, 디폴트 RO와 NES RO (예컨대, 추가 RO)가 겹친다 (오버랩핑)는 것은, 두 RO들이 시간과 주파수 자원이 모두 겹치는 경우이거나, 주파수 자원이 서로 다르나 시간 자원만 겹치는 경우일 수 있다. 따라서, 상술한 SSB-to-RO 매핑 방법은 RO 간의 겹치는 경우/패턴에 따라 하기와 같이 서로 다르게 적용될 수도 있다.Alternatively, overlapping between a default RO and a NES RO (e.g., an additional RO) may occur when both time and frequency resources overlap, or when frequency resources are different but only time resources overlap. Accordingly, the SSB-to-RO mapping method described above may be applied differently depending on the overlapping case/pattern between the ROs, as follows.

1) 디폴트 RO와 NES RO가 시간 및 주파수 자원 모두에서 겹치는 경우1) When the default RO and NES RO overlap in both time and frequency resources.

이 경우, NES RO들에 대해서만 별도의 SSB-to-RO 매핑을 수행할 수 있다. 구체적으로, 단말은 상기 NES RO들 중에서 디폴트 RO와 겹치도록 설정된 NES RO를 제외한 나머지 NES RO들에 대해서만 SSB-to-RO 매핑을 수행할 수 있다. 또는, 단말은 디폴트 RO와 겹치도록 설정된 NES RO는 유효하지 않은 (invalid) RO라고 판단하여 상기 NES RO들 중에서 디폴트 RO와 겹치도록 설정된 NES RO를 제외한 나머지 NES RO들에 대해서만 SSB-to-RO 매핑을 수행할 수 있다.In this case, separate SSB-to-RO mapping can be performed only for NES ROs. Specifically, the terminal can perform SSB-to-RO mapping only for the remaining NES ROs, excluding the NES RO set to overlap with the default RO among the NES ROs. Alternatively, the terminal can determine that the NES RO set to overlap with the default RO is an invalid RO and perform SSB-to-RO mapping only for the remaining NES ROs, excluding the NES RO set to overlap with the default RO among the NES ROs.

2) 디폴트 RO와 NES RO가 시간 자원에서만 겹치는 경우 (주파수에서 겹치지 않음)2) If the default RO and NES RO overlap only in time resources (not in frequency).

이 경우, 단말은 디폴트 RO와 겹치도록 설정된 적어도 하나의 NES RO도 포함하는 NES RO들에 대한 SSB-to-RO 매핑을 수행하고, 상기 적어도 하나의 RO에 대한 빔 방향을 오버랩된 디폴트 RO의 빔 방향으로 설정하도록 지시/설정될 수 있다 (이 경우, NES RO들에서 특정 빔 방향이 puncturing되는 효과가 있음).In this case, the terminal may be instructed/configured to perform SSB-to-RO mapping for NES ROs that also include at least one NES RO that is set to overlap with a default RO, and to set the beam direction for said at least one RO to the beam direction of the overlapping default RO (in this case, this has the effect of puncturing a specific beam direction in the NES ROs).

또는, 단말은 상기 NES RO들 중에서 디폴트 RO와 겹치게 설정된 적어도 하나의 NES RO을 배제한 나머지 NES RO들에 대해서 SSB-to-RO 매핑 수행할 수 있다. 여기서, 상기 제외된 적어도 하나의 NES RO는 오버랩된 디폴트 RO의 빔 방향을 사용하도록 설정/지시될 수 있다 (이 경우, NES RO들에서 특정 빔 방향이 postpone되는 효과가 있음)Alternatively, the terminal may perform SSB-to-RO mapping for the remaining NES ROs, excluding at least one NES RO that overlaps with a default RO among the NES ROs. Here, the excluded at least one NES RO may be set/instructed to use the beam direction of the overlapping default RO (in this case, there is an effect that a specific beam direction is postponed in the NES ROs).

또는, 단말은 NES RO들 중에서 디폴트 RO와 겹치도록 설정된 적어도 하나의 NES RO가 유효하지 않은 RO라고 판단하고, NES RO는 제외한 나머지 NES RO들에 대해서만 SSB-to-RO 매핑을 수행할 수 있다.Alternatively, the terminal may determine that at least one NES RO among the NES ROs that is set to overlap with the default RO is an invalid RO, and perform SSB-to-RO mapping only for the remaining NES ROs excluding the NES RO.

한편, "2)"의 경우와 같이, 디폴트 RO의 빔 방향으로 NES RO의 빔 방향을 바꾸는 경우, 상기 NES RO와 겹치는 (시간) 자원에 대응되는 디폴트 RO에 연동된 SSB 인덱스가 복수 개일 수 있다. 이 경우, 상기 NES RO의 빔 방향은 디폴트 RO와 연동된 SSB 인덱스 중에서 특정 SSB 인덱스 (예컨대, 상기 복수의 SSB 인덱스들 중에서 항상 lowest/highest SSB 인덱스)로 설정/지시될 수 있다. 또는, 상기 NES RO의 빔 방향은 디폴트 RO에 연동된 SSB 인덱스들 중에서 특정 SSB 인덱스가 사전에 표준 문서 등을 통해 정의되거나, 상기 디폴트 RO에 연동된 복수의 SSB 인덱스들을 이용한 SSB-to-(겹치는)NES RO의 매핑이 수행될 수 있다. 또는, 디폴트 RO와 겹치는 NES RO가 상기 디폴트 RO의 빔 방향과 상이한 빔 방향을 가질 경우, 상기 단말은 상기 NES RO를 유효하지 않은 RO로 처리할 수 있다.Meanwhile, as in the case of "2)", when changing the beam direction of the NES RO to the beam direction of the default RO, there may be multiple SSB indices linked to the default RO corresponding to the (time) resource overlapping with the NES RO. In this case, the beam direction of the NES RO may be set/indicated as a specific SSB index among the SSB indices linked to the default RO (e.g., always the lowest/highest SSB index among the plurality of SSB indices). Alternatively, the beam direction of the NES RO may be defined in advance through a standard document, etc. as a specific SSB index among the SSB indices linked to the default RO, or SSB-to-(overlapping) NES RO mapping may be performed using the plurality of SSB indices linked to the default RO. Alternatively, if the NES RO overlapping with the default RO has a beam direction different from the beam direction of the default RO, the terminal may process the NES RO as an invalid RO.

상기 기술한 방법들에서, 디폴트 RO와의 오버랩을 고려한 SSB-to-RO 매핑 방식은 NES RO (예컨대, 추가 RO)에 전체 SSB 인덱스가 아닌 일부 SSB 인덱스만 매핑되는 경우에도 적용될 수 있다. 여기서, 전체 SSB 인덱스라 함은 ssb-PositionsInBurst 파라미터를 통해 설정된 SSB 인덱스들을 의미할 수 있다.In the above-described methods, the SSB-to-RO mapping method that takes into account the overlap with the default RO can also be applied to cases where only some SSB indices, not the entire SSB index, are mapped to the NES RO (e.g., an additional RO). Here, the entire SSB indices may refer to the SSB indices set via the ssb-PositionsInBurst parameter.

또는, 디폴트 RO와 NES RO 간의 빔 방향이 서로 다른 경우에 빔 스위칭 (switching)을 위한 시간 갭 (gap)이 정의될 수도 있다. 예컨대, 디폴트 RO와 NES RO 간의 빔 방향이 서로 달라 상기 NES RO의 빔 방향이 상기 디폴트 RO의 빔 방향으로 변경이 필요한 경우, 서로 오버랩된 디폴트 RO와 NES RO의 빔 방향 설정과 관련하여 빔 스위칭 (예컨대, 상기 디폴트 RO와 중첩된 특정 NES RO의 빔 방향과 상기 디폴트 RO와 중첩되지 않은 NES RO의 빔 방향 간의 빔 스위칭)을 위한 시간 갭이 추가적으로 고려될 필요가 있을 수 있다. 따라서, 시간 영역에서 상기 NES RO와 디폴트 RO 간의 오버랩 여부를 판단에 있어서, 미리 설정/정의된 시간 갭의 크기도 추가적으로 고려될 필요가 있다. 예컨대, 디폴트 RO와 NES RO 간의 시간 영역 오버랩핑 여부를 결정할 때, 사전에 (표준 등에) 정의된/기지국으로부터 설정/지시된 시간 갭의 크기와 비교할 수 있다. 디폴트 RO와 NES RO 간의 시간 갭이 설정된 시간 갭의 값보다 작은 경우, 단말은 시간 영역에서 디폴트 RO와 NES RO 간의 오버랩 (overlap)이 존재하는 것으로 간주하여 상술한 방법들을 적용하거나, 상기 NES RO가 유효하지 않은 RO로 처리/판단될 수 있다. 예컨대, 디폴트 RO와 NES RO 간의 시간 자원이 실제로 오버랩되지 않더라도 디폴트 RO의 시간 자원과 NES RO의 시간 자원 간의 시간 간격이 상기 미리 설정된 시간 갭보다 작다면, 상기 디폴트 RO와 NES RO가 서로 오버랩된 것으로 간주/처리될 수 있다.Alternatively, a time gap for beam switching may be defined when the beam directions between the default RO and the NES RO are different. For example, when the beam directions between the default RO and the NES RO are different and the beam direction of the NES RO needs to be changed to the beam direction of the default RO, a time gap for beam switching (e.g., beam switching between the beam direction of a specific NES RO that overlaps the default RO and the beam direction of a NES RO that does not overlap the default RO) may need to be additionally considered in relation to the beam direction settings of the overlapping default RO and NES RO. Therefore, when determining whether there is an overlap between the NES RO and the default RO in the time domain, the size of the pre-set/defined time gap also needs to be additionally considered. For example, when determining whether there is a time-domain overlap between the default RO and the NES RO, the size of the time gap may be compared with a time gap that is defined in advance (such as in a standard)/set/instructed by the base station. If the time gap between the default RO and the NES RO is less than the value of the configured time gap, the terminal may consider that there is an overlap between the default RO and the NES RO in the time domain and apply the above-described methods, or the NES RO may be processed/judged as an invalid RO. For example, even if the time resources between the default RO and the NES RO do not actually overlap, if the time gap between the time resources of the default RO and the time resources of the NES RO is less than the preset time gap, the default RO and the NES RO may be considered/processed as overlapping each other.

2. 방법#2: 기지국으로부터 설정된 NES RO (또는, NES RO 설정)를 동적으로 활성화 지시를 받는 방법2. Method #2: How to dynamically receive an activation instruction for the NES RO (or NES RO settings) set by the base station.

단말은 기지국으로부터 NES RO (또는, NES RO 설정/파라미터 셋)의 활성화 지시하는 (GC-)DCI 모니터링을 위한 특정 RNTI/CORESET/SS (search space) 셋을 설정 받을 수 있다. 이때, DCI는 DCI 포맷 2_x 계열의 그룹 공통 (group-common; GC)의 DCI이거나, UE-특정 DCI일 수도 있다. 또한, (group-common) MAC-CE가 NES RO (또는, NES RO 설정/파라미터 셋)에 대한 활성화 지시에 사용될 수도 있다. 또는, 특정 DCI 포맷 (예컨대, DCI format 1_0)의 유보된 비트들 (reserved bits)들을 활용하여 NES RO (비)활성화 지시에 사용될 수도 있다. 예컨대, 단말은 상기 디폴트 RO 설정 (또는, 디폴트 RO 파라미터 셋) 및 NES RO 설정 (또는, NES RO 파라미터 셋) 중에서 NES RO 설정에 대해서만 활성화/비활성화를 지시하는 DCI (DCI 포맷 1_0)을 수신 받기 위한 특정 RNTI/CORESET/SS 셋이 설정될 수 있다. 예컨대, 상기 특정 RNTI로써 NES RO의 활성화 여부 지시를 위한 P-RNTI (Paging-Radio Network Temporary Identifier)가 설정될 수 있고, 상기 단말은 상기 P-RNTI로 스크램블된 CRC를 갖는 DCI 포맷 1_0에 기반하여 상기 NES RO 또는 상기 NES RO 설정에 대한 활성화 여부의 지시를 받을 수 있다. 한편, 디폴트 RO 설정 또는 디폴트 RO 파라미터 셋은 상기 DCI에 의해 활성화/비활성화되지 않으며, 설정되었다면 PRACH 또는 PRACH 프리앰블의 전송을 위해 사용될 수 있다. A UE may receive a specific RNTI/CORESET/SS (search space) set for monitoring (GC-)DCI from a base station to indicate activation of a NES RO (or a NES RO configuration/parameter set). At this time, the DCI may be a group-common (GC) DCI of the DCI format 2_x series, or a UE-specific DCI. In addition, (group-common) MAC-CE may be used to indicate activation of the NES RO (or a NES RO configuration/parameter set). Alternatively, reserved bits of a specific DCI format (e.g., DCI format 1_0) may be utilized to indicate (de)activation of the NES RO. For example, a specific RNTI/CORESET/SS set may be set for the terminal to receive DCI (DCI format 1_0) that indicates activation/deactivation only for the NES RO setting among the default RO setting (or default RO parameter set) and the NES RO setting (or NES RO parameter set). For example, a Paging-Radio Network Temporary Identifier (P-RNTI) for indicating whether to activate the NES RO may be set as the specific RNTI, and the terminal may receive an indication of whether to activate the NES RO or the NES RO setting based on DCI format 1_0 having a CRC scrambled with the P-RNTI. Meanwhile, the default RO setting or the default RO parameter set is not activated/deactivated by the DCI, and if set, may be used for transmission of a PRACH or a PRACH preamble.

또는, (GC-)DCI 또는 MAC-CE를 통해 NES RO (또는, NES RO 설정/파라미터 셋)의 (비)활성화가 지시된 경우, 단말은 (GC-)DCI 내에 특정 필드/비트를 통해서 사전에 설정된 적어도 하나의 NES RO에 대한 (비)활성화 지시를 받을 수 있다. 또는, 상기 단말은 상기 DCI (예컨대, DCI 포맷 1_0) 또는 MAC-CE를 통해 (현재 활성화된) 제1 NES RO (또는, NES RO 설정/파라미터 셋)에서 제2 NES RO (또는, NES RO 설정/파라미터 셋)로 전환에 대한 지시를 받을 수도 있다. 예컨대, 기지국이 GC-DCI 내 1 비트로 구성된 필드를 이용하여 NES RO (또는, NES RO 설정/파라미터 셋)의 (비)활성화가 지시될 수 있다. 예컨대, 상기 1 비트의 필드의 값이 0이면 NES RO (또는, NES RO 설정/파라미터 셋)의 활성화가 지시되고, 상기 1 비트의 필드 값이 0이면 NES RO (또는, NES RO 설정/파라미터 셋)의 비활성화가 지시될 수 있다. 이때, NES RO 설정들 각각은 서로 다른 RO 주기/패턴 등을 가질 수 있고, 디폴트 RO는 비활성화하고 NES RO를 활성화시켜 RO 설정 간의 전환이 지시되는 것도 가능할 수 있다. 또는, 설정에 따라 (GC-DCI)로 지시될 수 있는 특정 상태 (state)의 활성화 지시는 디폴트 RO의 활성화 + NES RO의 활성화 (또는, 디폴트 RO의 비활성화 + NES RO의 활성화)를 의미할 수 있고, 비활성화의 지시는 디폴트 RO의 활성화 + NES RO의 비활성화를 의미할 수도 있다Alternatively, if (de)activation of a NES RO (or NES RO configuration/parameter set) is instructed via (GC-)DCI or MAC-CE, the terminal may receive a (de)activation instruction for at least one NES RO previously configured via a specific field/bit in the (GC-)DCI. Alternatively, the terminal may receive an instruction for switching from a (currently activated) first NES RO (or NES RO configuration/parameter set) to a second NES RO (or NES RO configuration/parameter set) via the DCI (e.g., DCI format 1_0) or MAC-CE. For example, the base station may be instructed to (de)activate a NES RO (or NES RO configuration/parameter set) using a field consisting of 1 bit in the GC-DCI. For example, if the value of the 1-bit field is 0, activation of the NES RO (or NES RO setting/parameter set) may be indicated, and if the value of the 1-bit field is 0, deactivation of the NES RO (or NES RO setting/parameter set) may be indicated. At this time, each of the NES RO settings may have a different RO cycle/pattern, etc., and it may also be possible to indicate switching between RO settings by deactivating the default RO and activating the NES RO. Alternatively, depending on the setting, an activation instruction of a specific state that may be indicated by (GC-DCI) may mean activation of the default RO + activation of the NES RO (or deactivation of the default RO + activation of the NES RO), and an instruction of deactivation may mean activation of the default RO + deactivation of the NES RO.

한편, 상기 NES RO의 활성화 여부를 지시하는 DCI는 R18 NES 셀 DTX/DRX 설정의 (비)활성화를 지시하는 DCI 포맷 2_9과 유사하도록 구성될 수 있다. 예컨대, 상기 DCI에 포함된 비트맵 (btmap)의 각 비트가 특정 RO 설정과 연관될 수 있다. 예컨대, 상기 비트맵의 왼쪽 비트부터 순서대로 NES RO 설정#1, NES RO 설정#2, NES RO 설정#3의 (비)활성화를 지시하도록 설정될 수도 있다. 또는, 상기 비트맵의 왼쪽 비트부터 순서대로 디폴트 RO, NES RO 설정#1, NES RO 설정#2의 (비)활성화를 지시하도록 설정될 수도 있다. 또는, 단말에게 설정된 복수의 셀들을 고려하여 상기 비트맵 내에서 셀#1과 연관 설정된 비트/필드를 통해 셀#1의 NES RO 설정#1, NES RO 설정#2 각각에 대한 (비)활성화 지시하고, 셀#2와 연관 설정된 비트/필드를 통해 셀#2의 NES RO 설정#1, NES RO 설정#2 각각에 대한 (비)활성화를 각각 지시해줄 수도 있다. 또는, 단말에게 설정된 복수의 셀들을 고려하여 상기 비트맵 내에서 셀#1과 연관 설정된 비트/필드를 통해 셀#1의 디폴트 RO, RO 설정#1 각각을 (비)활성화 지시하고, 셀#2와 연관 설정된 비트/필드를 통해 셀#2의 디폴트 RO, RO 설정#1의 (비)활성화를 각각 지시해줄 수도 있다. Meanwhile, the DCI indicating whether to activate the NES RO may be configured similarly to the DCI format 2_9 indicating (de)activation of the R18 NES cell DTX/DRX setting. For example, each bit of a bitmap (btmap) included in the DCI may be associated with a specific RO setting. For example, the bitmap may be set to indicate (de)activation of NES RO setting #1, NES RO setting #2, and NES RO setting #3 in order from the left bit. Alternatively, the bitmap may be set to indicate (de)activation of default RO, NES RO setting #1, and NES RO setting #2 in order from the left bit. Alternatively, considering multiple cells set for the terminal, the bit/field associated with cell #1 in the bitmap may be used to instruct (de)activation of NES RO setting #1 and NES RO setting #2 of cell #1, respectively, and the bit/field associated with cell #2 may be used to instruct (de)activation of NES RO setting #1 and NES RO setting #2 of cell #2, respectively. Alternatively, considering multiple cells set for the terminal, the bit/field associated with cell #1 in the bitmap may be used to instruct (de)activation of default RO and RO setting #1 of cell #1, respectively, and the bit/field associated with cell #2 may be used to instruct (de)activation of default RO and RO setting #1 of cell #2, respectively.

한편, (GC-)DCI 또는 MAC-CE를 통해서 특정 NES RO 설정의 (비)활성화된 경우, 상기 특정 NES RO 설정이 적용되는 시점 (또는, 사용 가능한 시점) 및 유효한 시간 구간 등의 지시/설정이 추가적으로 필요할 수 있다. 한가지 방법으로, 단말의 적용 지연 (application delay, 예컨대, 단말의 프로세싱 타임 등) 등을 고려하여, (GC-)DCI 또는 MAC-CE의 수신 시점으로부터 사전에 (표준 문서 등에) 정의된/설정된 시점/시간 (예컨대, T symbol/slot) 이후부터 상기 지시된 특정 NES RO 설정이 적용 (또는, 상기 특정 NES RO에 의한 RO들이 가용 또는 사용 가능한 RO들로 간주)될 수 있다. 이 경우, 단말은 상기 DCI의 수신 시점부터 상기 미리 정의된 시간 이후에 상기 특정 NES RO 설정에 따른 NES RO들을 이용하여 RACH 또는 PRACH 전송을 수행할 수 있다. 특징적으로, 비활성화의 경우에는 단말의 적용 지연 (application delay) 등의 고려 없이, (GC-)DCI 또는 MAC-CE의 수신/지시 즉시 상기 특정 NES RO 설정이 비활성화된 것으로 간주될 수도 있다. 또는, (GC-)DCI 또는 MAC-CE를 통해서 지시된 특정 NES RO 설정의 활성화/비활성화 시점은 사전에 설정된 적용 시점/시간 후보들 중에서 상기 (GC-)DCI 또는 MAC-CE를 통해서 지시된 하나의 후보에 대한 인덱스에 기반하여 결정될 수 있다. 또는, (GC-)DCI (또는, MAC-CE)가 지시된 시점/시간 이후의 연관 (패턴) 기간부터 상기 특정 NES RO가 적용 (또는, 활성화)되도록 설정/지시될 수도 있다.Meanwhile, in case of (de)activation of a specific NES RO setting through (GC-)DCI or MAC-CE, additional indication/setting of the point in time (or available point in time) at which the specific NES RO setting is applied and the valid time period, etc. may be required. In one method, considering the application delay of the terminal (e.g., processing time of the terminal, etc.), the indicated specific NES RO setting may be applied (or ROs according to the specific NES RO may be regarded as available or usable ROs) after a point in time/time (e.g., T symbol/slot) defined/set in advance (in a standard document, etc.) from the time of reception of (GC-)DCI or MAC-CE. In this case, the terminal may perform RACH or PRACH transmission using NES ROs according to the specific NES RO setting after the predefined time from the time of reception of the DCI. Specifically, in the case of deactivation, the specific NES RO setting may be considered as deactivated immediately upon reception/indication of (GC-)DCI or MAC-CE, without considering the application delay of the terminal, etc. Alternatively, the activation/deactivation time point of the specific NES RO setting indicated via (GC-)DCI or MAC-CE may be determined based on an index of one candidate indicated via (GC-)DCI or MAC-CE among pre-configured application time point/time candidates. Alternatively, the specific NES RO may be set/instructed to be applied (or activated) from the associated (pattern) period after the time point/time indicated by (GC-)DCI (or MAC-CE).

활성화가 지시된 NES RO 설정의 유효 시간 같은 경우 (또는, NES RO 설정들 간의 유효 시간이 동일한 경우, 또는 동일한 주기로 NES RO 설정에 대한 활성화 여부에 대한 지시되는 경우), 활성화 지시된 특정 NES RO 설정의 유효 시간은 다음 (GC-)DCI 또는 MAC-CE 지시가 수신되기 전까지일 수 있다. 또는, 사전에 (표준 문서 등에) 정의된/설정된 타이머 (또는, valid duration)가 적용될 수 있다. 이 경우, 특정 NES RO 설정에 대한 활성화 지시는 상기 타이머가 작동 (running)하는 동안 (또는, valid duration내)에서는 유효한 것으로 간주할 수 있다. 타이머 (또는, valid duration)의 값은 사전에 설정된 복수의 타이머 (또는, valid duration) 후보 값들 중에서 (GC-)DCI 또는 MAC-CE를 통해 하나가 직접 지시될 수 있다. 또는, 상기 타이머가 만료 (또는, valid duration이 경과)한 경우, 자동으로 (GC-)DCI 또는 MAC-CE를 지시를 받기 전의 활성화되었던 이전 NES RO 설정으로 폴백 (fallback)될 수 있다. 또는, 사전에 설정된 복수의 NES RO 설정들 중에 하나의 NES RO 설정이 디폴트 NES 설정으로 약속/설정된 경우에 상기 타이머가 만료되면, 항상 상기 활성화가 지시된 특정 NES RO 설정에서 상기 디폴트 NES RO 설정으로 전환 (또는, 활성화/비활성화)될 수도 있다. 또는, 연관 (패턴) 기간 단위로 상기 활성화가 지시된 특정 NES RO 설정의 유효 시간이 설정/지시될 수도 있다.In the case where the valid time of the NES RO configuration for which activation is indicated is the same (or, the valid time between NES RO configurations is the same, or, the activation of the NES RO configuration is indicated in the same cycle), the valid time of the specific NES RO configuration for which activation is indicated may be until the next (GC-)DCI or MAC-CE indication is received. Alternatively, a timer (or valid duration) defined/set in advance (in a standard document, etc.) may be applied. In this case, the activation indication for the specific NES RO configuration may be considered valid while the timer is running (or within the valid duration). The value of the timer (or valid duration) may be directly indicated via the (GC-)DCI or MAC-CE among multiple timer (or valid duration) candidate values that are set in advance. Alternatively, when the timer expires (or the valid duration has elapsed), it may automatically fallback to the previous NES RO configuration that was activated before the (GC-)DCI or MAC-CE indication was received. Alternatively, if one of the multiple pre-configured NES RO settings is promised/set as the default NES setting, when the timer expires, the specific NES RO setting whose activation was instructed may always be switched (or activated/deactivated) to the default NES RO setting. Alternatively, the validity time of the specific NES RO setting whose activation was instructed may be set/instructed in units of an associated (pattern) period.

또는, 단말은 사전에 (정의/설정된) 특정 시간 구간을 N개로 나누고, 나뉜 시간 구간 별로 NES RO (또는, NES RO 설정)의 사용 가능 여부를 동적으로 지시 받도록 설정될 수 있다. 예컨대, 디폴트 RO 설정과 NES RO 설정#1이 설정된 경우, 160ms의 시간 구간을 20ms 단위로 나누고, (GC-)DCI 내의 8 비트로 구성된 비트맵을 통해 각 20ms 시간 구간 별로 NES RO 설정의 활성화 여부 또는 NES RO의 사용 가능 여부가 지시될 수 있다.Alternatively, the terminal may be configured to divide a specific time interval (defined/set) in advance into N, and dynamically be instructed on the availability of NES RO (or NES RO setting) for each divided time interval. For example, if the default RO setting and NES RO setting #1 are set, the 160ms time interval may be divided into 20ms units, and the activation or availability of NES RO setting for each 20ms time interval may be instructed through a bitmap consisting of 8 bits in (GC-)DCI.

NES RO 또는 NES RO 설정은 RACH (PRACH, MSG A, MSG 1)의 재전송이 필요한 경우에 사용할 수 있는 것으로 지시될 수 있다. 예컨대, UE는 RACH (PRACH, MSG A, MSG 1)의 재전송을 스케줄링하는 DCI을 통해 상기 NES RO를 사용 가능 여부 및 유효 시간/타이머 (valid duration/timer)를 동적으로 지시 받을 수 있다. 예컨대, UE는 RACH (PRACH, MSG A, MSG 1)의 재전송을 위해 NES RO/NES RO 설정의 사용 가부에 대한 지시 및 NES RO의 유효 시간에 대한 정보를 상기 RACH (PRACH, MSG A, MSG 1)의 재전송을 스케줄링하는 DCI를 통해 전달 받을 수 있다. 또는, UE가 NES RO에서 RACH를 전송했다가 실패로 RACH (또는, PRACH)를 재전송하려는 시점에 NES_RO가 더 이상 유효하지 않은 경우, UE는 디폴트 RO를 통해 RACH (또는, PRACH)의 재전송을 수행하도록 설정/지시될 수도 있다. 또는, RACH (또는, PRACH)의 재전송을 수행하는 중에 NES RO가 비활성화될 경우, UE는 RACH (또는, PRACH)의 전송 실패 (failure)로 간주 (예컨대, 최대 재전송 횟수 (max counter)에 도달한 것으로 간주)할 수도 있다. 또한, 디폴트 RO를 통한 RACH의 전송이 실패한 후 RACH (또는, PRACH)의 재전송 시점에 가용할 수 있는 NES RO가 갑자기 생길 수 있다 (예컨대, RACH의 전송 실패 후 DCI를 통한 NES RO 설정의 활성화 지시로 인해 NES RO가 사용 가능한 상황). 이 경우, UE는 NES RO를 우선하여 RACH (또는, PRACH)의 재전송에 사용하거나, NES RO가 존재하더라도 RACH (또는, PRACH)의 재전송을 위해 디폴트 RO를 우선하여 사용하도록 설정/지시 될 수 있다. 또는, UE는 기지국으로부터 디폴트 RO 및 NES RO 중에서 어떤 RO를 우선하여 (RACH (또는, PRACH)의 재전송에) 사용하는지에 대하여 미리 설정 받을 수도 있다. 디폴트 RO에서 일정 횟수 이상 (사전에 약속/설정된 횟수/max counter) RACH (또는, PRACH)의 전송이 실패한 경우, UE가 NES RO (또는, 그 반대로)로 바꾸어 RACH (또는, PRACH)의 (재)전송을 시도하도록 설정/지시될 수 있다. 또는, UE는 디폴트 RO만 사용하여 PRACH의 초기 전송을 수행하도록 설정되고, 상기 PRACH의 재전송부터 NES RO도 함께 사용할 수 있는 것으로 설정/지시될 수도 있다. 상술한 NES RO의 사용 가부 및 유효 시간 (또는, 타이머)는 CFRA scheduling DCI (PDCCH ordered RACH procedure)로 지시 받을 수도 있다. 단말은 (GC-)DCI 또는 MAC-CE를 통해 SSB 버스트 (burst)/SSB 인덱스/SSB 인덱스 그룹의 주기에 대한 동적 조절(Adaptation)의 지시를 받을 수 있고, 이와 같은 SSB의 전송 주기의 조절에 대한 지시에서 NES RO의 사용 가부에 대해서도 동적으로 지시될 수 있다.The NES RO or NES RO configuration may be indicated as available when retransmission of RACH (PRACH, MSG A, MSG 1) is required. For example, the UE may be dynamically indicated whether the NES RO is available and its valid duration/timer via the DCI scheduling the retransmission of RACH (PRACH, MSG A, MSG 1). For example, the UE may be indicated as to whether the NES RO/NES RO configuration is available for retransmission of RACH (PRACH, MSG A, MSG 1) and information about the valid duration of the NES RO via the DCI scheduling the retransmission of RACH (PRACH, MSG A, MSG 1). Alternatively, if the UE transmits RACH on a NES RO and fails and tries to retransmit the RACH (or PRACH) when the NES RO is no longer valid, the UE may be configured/instructed to perform retransmission of the RACH (or PRACH) via a default RO. Alternatively, if the NES RO is deactivated during retransmission of the RACH (or PRACH), the UE may consider it as a failure of the RACH (or PRACH) transmission (e.g., the maximum number of retransmissions (max counter) has been reached). Additionally, an NES RO may suddenly become available at the time of retransmission of the RACH (or PRACH) after a failed transmission of the RACH via the default RO (e.g., a situation in which the NES RO becomes available due to an instruction to activate the NES RO configuration via DCI after a failed transmission of the RACH). In this case, the UE may be configured/instructed to use the NES RO with priority for retransmission of the RACH (or PRACH), or to use the default RO with priority for retransmission of the RACH (or PRACH) even if the NES RO exists. Alternatively, the UE may be configured in advance by the base station which RO between the default RO and the NES RO to use with priority (for retransmission of the RACH (or PRACH)). If transmission of the RACH (or PRACH) fails a certain number of times (a pre-arranged/configured number of times/max counter) in the default RO, the UE may be configured/instructed to attempt (re)transmission of the RACH (or PRACH) by switching to the NES RO (or vice versa). Alternatively, the UE may be configured/instructed to perform initial transmission of the PRACH using only the default RO, and to use the NES RO together from the retransmission of the PRACH. The availability and validity time (or timer) of the above-mentioned NES RO may be indicated by CFRA scheduling DCI (PDCCH ordered RACH procedure). The terminal may receive an instruction for dynamic adaptation of the period of an SSB burst/SSB index/SSB index group through (GC-)DCI or MAC-CE, and the availability of the NES RO may also be dynamically indicated in the instruction for adaptation of the transmission period of SSB.

한편, 기지국은 커버리지 내의 통신 환경에 기반하여 NES RO의 활성화/비활성화 여부를 결정할 수 있다. 예컨대, 기지국은 단말의 PRACH의 전송 전력 (또는, power ramping counter) 등의 보고에 기반하여 단말에서의 RACH 전송의 실패가 빈번해진 것으로 판단되는 경우에 상기 NES RO의 활성화를 지시할 수 있다. 예컨대, 기지국은 상기 단말의 PRACH의 전송 전력에 기반하여 PRACH를 재전송하는 UE들의 수 또는 RACH를 전송하는 단말들 간의 충돌 수 (예컨대, 수신된 PRACH들 중 동일 RAPID를 갖는 PRACH들의 수)가 특정 임계 수 이상인 경우에 RACH 전송의 실패가 빈번해진 것으로 판단할 수 있다. 또는, 기지국은 특정 UL 신호/채널을 통해 주기적으로 보고된 RACH 혼잡 (congestion) 정도에 기초하여 NES RO의 활성화 여부를 결정할 수 있다. 또는, 기지국은 단말로부터 사전에 설정된 특정 UL 신호/채널을 통해 NES RO의 활성화를 요청하는 정보/신호를 받을 수 있고, 상기 요청에 따라 NES RO가 사용 가능/활성화를 지시할 수도 있다. 예컨대, NES 단말은 RACH의 재전송이 필요한 경우에 NES RO를 요청하거나, CBRA (contention based random access) 또는 CFRA (contention free random access)를 위한 RACH (또는, PRACH)의 전송에서 NES RO의 요청도 함께 수행할 수 있다. 예컨대, 상기 RACH의 재전송을 위한 NES RO의 요청은 사전에 별도로 설정된 RO/RAPID (Random Access Preamble ID), 또는 특정 UL 신호/채널 (예컨대, (SR) PUCCH, CG-PUSCH, P/SP-PUCCH/PUSCH)를 통해서 전송될 수 있다. 또는, 기지국은 SIB1, SCell 설정 (addition/modification/release) 또는 MAC-CE를 통해 SCell의 활성화를 지시할 경우에 on-demand RO의 절차의 수행 가능 여부 및 이와 관련된 자원 (예컨대, 상기 NES RO의 요청을 위한 자원)을 설정/지시해줄 수 있다.Meanwhile, the base station can determine whether to activate/deactivate the NES RO based on the communication environment within the coverage. For example, the base station can instruct the activation of the NES RO if it is determined that the failure of RACH transmission from the terminal has become frequent based on the report of the transmission power (or power ramping counter) of the PRACH of the terminal. For example, the base station can determine that the failure of RACH transmission has become frequent if the number of UEs retransmitting the PRACH or the number of collisions between the terminals transmitting the RACH (e.g., the number of PRACHs having the same RAPID among the received PRACHs) is greater than a certain threshold based on the transmission power of the PRACH of the terminal. Alternatively, the base station can determine whether to activate the NES RO based on the degree of RACH congestion periodically reported through a specific UL signal/channel. Alternatively, the base station may receive information/signal requesting activation of NES RO from the terminal through a specific UL signal/channel configured in advance, and may indicate availability/activation of NES RO according to the request. For example, the NES terminal may request NES RO when retransmission of RACH is required, or may also perform a request for NES RO when transmitting RACH (or PRACH) for CBRA (contention based random access) or CFRA (contention free random access). For example, the request for NES RO for retransmission of RACH may be transmitted through RO/RAPID (Random Access Preamble ID) configured separately in advance, or a specific UL signal/channel (e.g., (SR) PUCCH, CG-PUSCH, P/SP-PUCCH/PUSCH). Alternatively, the base station may configure/indicate whether the on-demand RO procedure can be performed and the resources related thereto (e.g., resources for the request of the NES RO) when instructing the activation of the SCell through SIB1, SCell configuration (addition/modification/release) or MAC-CE.

상술한 제안 방법들은 2-단계 RACH 절차의 MSG A의 PUSCH 기회 (occasion)에 대해서도 적용될 수 있다.The above-described proposed methods can also be applied to the PUSCH occasion of MSG A of the 2-step RACH procedure.

3. 방법#3: 추가 RO (또는, NES RO)가 설정될 경우에 디폴토 상태 (또는, 초기 상태 (initial state))를 설정하는 방법3. Method #3: How to set the default state (or initial state) when an additional RO (or NES RO) is set

한편, 상술한 바와 같이, RRC와 같은 상위계층 신호를 통해서 NES를 위한 추가 RO (예컨대, NES RO)가 단말에게 설정될 수 있다. 이 경우, 단말은 별도의 파리미터를 통해서 명시적으로 상기 추가 RO (NES RO) 설정의 활성화 여부를 지시/설정 받을 수 있다. 또는, 상기 추가 RO가 설정에서 별도의 디폴트 상태에 대한 설정/지시가 없는 경우, 단말 및 기지국 간에 상기 추가 RO의 디폴트 상태가 활성화 (또는, 비활성화) 상태인 것으로 약속/정의될 수 있다. 또는, 추가 RO에 대한 디폴트 상태가 비활성화 상태로 설정되는 경우, 상기 추가 RO/추가 RO 설정은 DCI 또는 MAC-CE를 통해서 활성화 상태가 지시될 수 있다. 이와 달리, 상기 추가 RO에 대한 디폴트 상태가 활성화 상태로 설정된 경우, 상기 추가 RO/추가 RO 설정은 추가적인 DCI를 통해서 비활성화 상태가 지시될 수 있다.Meanwhile, as described above, an additional RO for NES (e.g., NES RO) may be configured for the terminal via a higher layer signal such as RRC. In this case, the terminal may be explicitly instructed/configured to activate/deactivate the additional RO (NES RO) configuration via a separate parameter. Alternatively, if the additional RO does not have a separate configuration/instruction for a default state in the configuration, the default state of the additional RO may be agreed/defined between the terminal and the base station to be activated (or deactivated). Alternatively, if the default state for the additional RO is set to be deactivated, the activation state of the additional RO/additional RO configuration may be indicated via DCI or MAC-CE. Alternatively, if the default state for the additional RO is set to be activated, the deactivation state of the additional RO/additional RO configuration may be indicated via an additional DCI.

또한, 복수의 추가 (Additional) RO 설정들이 단말에 설정된 경우, 상기 단말은 상기 복수의 추가 RO 설정들 중에서 어떤 추가 RO가 초기에 활성화되는지 여부를 명시적으로 지시 받을 수 있다. 예컨대, 상기 단말은 상기 복수의 추가 RO 설정들 중에서 인덱스가 가장 높은 또는 가장 낮은 추가 RO 설정을 초기에 활성화되는 추가 RO 설정으로 결정하거나, 별도의 파라미터를 통해 명시적으로 지시된 추가 RO를 초기에 활성화된 추가 RO로 판단할 수 있다. 또는, 초기 설정에서 모든 추가 RO 설정들이 비활성화 상태로 설정되고 이후 디폴트 추가 RO 설정이 설정/정의될 경우, 상기 디폴트 추가 RO 설정은 디폴트 상태에 대한 별도의 지시/설정이 없더라도 (항상) 디폴트 상태가 활성화 상태인 것으로 판단/간주될 수 있다. 또는, 상기 디폴트 추가 RO 설정에 대한 별도의 디폴트 상태에 대한 설정/지시가 없을 경우, 디폴트 추가 RO 설정의 디폴트 상태가 활성화 상태인 것으로 간주/정의될 수 있고, 상기 디폴트 추가 RO/추가 RO 설정은 별도의 DCI를 통해 비활성화될 수 있다.In addition, when multiple additional RO settings are set in the terminal, the terminal may be explicitly instructed which additional RO among the multiple additional RO settings is initially activated. For example, the terminal may determine the additional RO setting with the highest or lowest index among the multiple additional RO settings as the initially activated additional RO setting, or may determine an additional RO explicitly indicated through a separate parameter as the initially activated additional RO. Alternatively, when all additional RO settings are set to the disabled state in the initial setting and a default additional RO setting is subsequently set/defined, the default additional RO setting may be (always) determined/considered to be in the enabled state by default even if there is no separate instruction/setting for the default state. Alternatively, when there is no separate setting/instruction for the default state for the default additional RO setting, the default state of the default additional RO setting may be considered/defined to be in the enabled state, and the default additional RO/additional RO setting may be deactivated through a separate DCI.

4. 방법#4: 추가 RO (NES RO)가 2-스텝 RACH에 지원될 경우에 msg A PUSCH 자원의 설정 방법4. Method #4: How to set up msg A PUSCH resources when additional RO (NES RO) is supported in 2-step RACH

단말 (또는, NES-capable UE)은 기지국으로부터 설정된 RO들 (예컨대, 디폴트 RO (설정) 및 NES RO (설정)) 중에서 NES RO만이 사용 가능한지 여부, 디폴트 RO와 NES RO를 모두 사용 가능한지 여부, 및/또는 디폴트 RO와 NES RO 중에서 어느 것이 우선하여 사용 가능한지에 대한 우선 순위가 설정될 수 있다. 이와 같이, 사전에 RO들 (디폴트 RO 및 NES RO) 간의 우선 순위가 설정된 경우, 기지국은 상기 우선 순위를 통해 UE가 어떤 RO에서 PRACH를 전송할지를 예측할 수 있다. 또한, NES RO가 2-스텝 RACH도 지원하는 경우 (예컨대, NES RO에서 2-스텝 RACH 절차를 위한 msgA PRACH/PUSCH를 전송할 수 있는 경우), NES RO를 위한 별도의 MsgA PUSCH 자원이 별로도 설정되지 않을 수 있다. 예컨대, NES RO 설정은 디폴트 RO 설정과의 관계에서 특정 시간/주파수 오프셋 (디폴트 RO 설정 + time/frequency 오프셋)이 지시를 통해 설정될 수 있고, 상기 특정 시간/주파수 오프셋에 기초하여 NES RO에 대한/관련된 msgA PUSCH 자원이 설정될 수 있다. 예컨대, IAB (Integrated Access and Backhaul)에서 도입된 파라미터 (예컨대, PRACH-ConfigurationPeriodScaling-IAB)과 유사하게, 단말은 rach-ConfigCommon으로 설정된 디폴트 RO 설정에 특정 시간/주파수 오프셋 (예컨대, NES RO의 설정을 위해 별도로 지시된 오프셋)을 적용하여 NES RO들을 결정/설정할 수 있고, 상기 단말은 디폴트 RO에 설정된 msgA PUSCH 자원에도 상기 특정 시간/주파수 오프셋 값을 적용하여 NES RO 용 msgA PUSCH 자원을 결정할 수 있다. 또는, NES RO를 통한 2-step RACH 절차의 수행에서 사용될 msgA PRACH/PUSCH의 설정/결정을 위한 시간/주파수 오프셋은 NES RO의 설정을 위해 디폴트 RO에 적용했던 시간/주파수 오프셋과 별개로 지시될 수도 있다.A terminal (or NES-capable UE) may be configured with a priority order among ROs configured by a base station (e.g., default RO (configuration) and NES RO (configuration)) as to whether only NES RO is available, whether both default RO and NES RO are available, and/or which one between default RO and NES RO is available with priority. In this way, if the priority order between ROs (default RO and NES RO) is configured in advance, the base station can predict in which RO the UE will transmit PRACH. In addition, if the NES RO also supports 2-step RACH (e.g., if the NES RO can transmit msgA PRACH/PUSCH for 2-step RACH procedure), a separate MsgA PUSCH resource for the NES RO may not be configured separately. For example, the NES RO configuration can be set by indicating a specific time/frequency offset (default RO configuration + time/frequency offset) in relation to the default RO configuration, and msgA PUSCH resources for/related to the NES RO can be set based on the specific time/frequency offset. For example, similar to a parameter introduced in IAB (Integrated Access and Backhaul) (e.g., PRACH-ConfigurationPeriodScaling-IAB ), the UE can determine/configure NES ROs by applying a specific time/frequency offset (e.g., an offset separately indicated for configuring NES RO) to the default RO configuration set by rach-ConfigCommon, and the UE can also determine msgA PUSCH resources for the NES RO by applying the specific time/frequency offset value to the msgA PUSCH resources set in the default RO. Alternatively, the time/frequency offset for setting/determining msgA PRACH/PUSCH to be used in performing the 2-step RACH procedure via NES RO may be indicated separately from the time/frequency offset applied to the default RO for setting NES RO.

이와 같이, 제안 발명은 레거시 UE를 위한 디폴트 RO (상대적으로 sparse한 RO) 설정뿐만아니라 NES UE (R19 NES feature를 지원하는 단말)를 위한 추가적인 NES RO (예컨대, 추가 RO)를 추가적으로 설정함으로써, 단말의 접속 지연이 너무 길지 않으면서도 어느 정도 기지국의 에너지 절약 이득을 기대할 수 있다.In this way, the proposed invention can expect a certain level of energy saving benefit for the base station without causing excessively long access delays for the terminals by additionally setting an additional NES RO (e.g., an additional RO) for the NES UE (a terminal supporting the R19 NES feature) in addition to setting a default RO (a relatively sparse RO) for the legacy UEs.

도 13는 UE가 RACH 자원 설정 정보에 기초하여 신호를 전송하는 방법을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.FIG. 13 is a diagram for explaining a method for a UE to transmit a signal based on RACH resource configuration information.

UE는 NES 동작을 수행하는 기지국/셀의 운용을 지원할 수 있는 NES aware UE일 수 있다. 상술한 바와 같이, UE는 기존에 PRACH와 관련하여 설정되는 디폴트 RO (예컨대, NES aware UE가 아닌 레거시 UE에 대해서도 설정되는 RO) 및 NES 동작을 수행하는 NES 기지국/NES 셀 (이하, NES 셀)로부터 NES와 관련된 추가 RO (또는, PRACH 설정)를 모두 설정 받을 수 있다. 이하에서 설명하는 방법은 상술한"Adaptation of PRACH for energy saving"에 대한 방법으로써, 이하 명시적으로 도 13에서 설명한 방법 중 일부가 기술되어 있지 않더라도 "Adaptation of PRACH for energy saving"에 기술된 방법들이 당연히 적용될 수 있다.A UE may be an NES aware UE capable of supporting the operation of a base station/cell performing NES operations. As described above, the UE may be configured with both a default RO previously configured in relation to PRACH (e.g., an RO configured for a legacy UE that is not an NES aware UE) and an additional RO (or PRACH configuration) related to NES from a NES base station/NES cell (hereinafter, NES cell) performing NES operations. The method described below is a method for the "Adaptation of PRACH for energy saving" described above, and even if some of the methods described in FIG. 13 are not explicitly described below, the methods described in "Adaptation of PRACH for energy saving" can be naturally applied.

구체적으로, 도 13을 참조하면, UE는 디폴트 RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) 및 NES (network energy saving)와 관련된 추가 RO을 설정하는 RACH (Random Access Channel) 자원 설정 정보를 수신할 수 있다 (S131). 예컨대, 상술한 바와 같이, 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보는 적어도 하나의 디폴트 RO 및 적어도 하나의 추가 RO를 설정할 수 있다. 상기 추가 RO는 기지국의 NES 동작/운용과 관련하여 NES aware UE인 상기 UE에 대해 추가적으로 설정되는 RO로써, NES RO로 정의될 수 있다. 또는, 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보는 상기 디폴트 RO를 설정하는 제1 파라미터 세트와, 상기 추가 RO를 설정하는 제2 파라미터 세트를 포함할 수 있고, 상기 NES RO의 주기는 상기 디폴트 RO의 주기 보다 짧을 수 있다.Specifically, referring to FIG. 13, a UE may receive RACH (Random Access Channel) resource configuration information that configures a default RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) and an additional RO related to NES (network energy saving) (S131). For example, as described above, the RACH resource configuration information may configure at least one default RO and at least one additional RO. The additional RO is an RO additionally configured for the UE, which is an NES aware UE, in relation to the NES operation/management of the base station, and may be defined as a NES RO. Alternatively, the RACH resource configuration information may include a first parameter set that configures the default RO and a second parameter set that configures the additional RO, and a period of the NES RO may be shorter than a period of the default RO.

또한, 상기 추가 RO은 특정 포맷의 DCI (Downlink Control Information)를 통해 활성화 여부가 지시될 수 있다. 예컨대, 상기 추가 RO는 상술한 바와 같이 그룹 공통된 DCI 포맷 1_0의 DCI를 통해 활성화/비활성화 여부가 지시될 수 있다. 예컨대, UE는 상기 DCI 포맷 1_0의 DCI에 포함된 유보된 비트들을 통해 활성화 여부를 지시 받을 수 있다. 또는, 상기 특정 RNTI로써 추가 RO의 활성화 여부 지시를 위한 P-RNTI (Paging-Radio Network Temporary Identifier)가 설정될 수 있고, 상기 UE는 상기 P-RNTI로 스크램블된 CRC를 갖는 DCI 포맷 1_0의 DCI를 통해서만 상기 추가 RO의 활성화 여부에 대한 지시를 받을 수 있다. 한편, 상기 디폴트 RO는 상기 추가 RO와 달리 상기 DCI와 무관하게 항상 사용 가능할 수 있다. 다시 말하자면, 상기 디폴트 RO는 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보에 의해 설정될 경우에 상기 DCI를 통한 활성화 여부에 대한 지시와 무관하게 항상 유효한 RO로 결정될 수 있다.In addition, whether the additional RO is activated or not can be indicated through a DCI (Downlink Control Information) of a specific format. For example, whether the additional RO is activated/deactivated can be indicated through the DCI of the group common DCI format 1_0 as described above. For example, the UE can be indicated whether to activate or not through the reserved bits included in the DCI of the DCI format 1_0. Alternatively, a Paging-Radio Network Temporary Identifier (P-RNTI) for indicating whether to activate the additional RO can be set as the specific RNTI, and the UE can be indicated whether to activate the additional RO only through the DCI of the DCI format 1_0 having a CRC scrambled with the P-RNTI. Meanwhile, the default RO, unlike the additional RO, can always be used regardless of the DCI. In other words, the default RO can always be determined as a valid RO regardless of the indication of whether to activate or not through the DCI when set by the RACH resource configuration information.

또는, 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보는 상기 디폴트 RO에 기반하여 상기 추가 RO를 설정하기 위한 특정 오프셋 정보 (예컨대, 시간 및/또는 주파수 오프셋)를 더 포함할 수 있다. 예컨대, UE는 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보에 기반하여 디폴트 RO를 결정하고, 상기 결정된 디폴트 RO에 상기 특정 오프셋 정보에 포함된 특정 오프셋을 적용하여 상기 추가 RO를 결정할 수 있다. 또는, 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보는 상기 디폴트 RO 및 상기 추가 RO 간의 우선 순위를 설정하는 우선 순위 정보를 더 포함할 수 있고, UE는 상기 우선 순위 정보에 기초하여 상기 디폴트 RO 및 상기 추가 RO 중에서 상기 PRACH의 전송에 사용할 RO를 결정할 수 있다.Alternatively, the RACH resource configuration information may further include specific offset information (e.g., time and/or frequency offset) for configuring the additional RO based on the default RO. For example, the UE may determine a default RO based on the RACH resource configuration information, and determine the additional RO by applying a specific offset included in the specific offset information to the determined default RO. Alternatively, the RACH resource configuration information may further include priority information for setting a priority between the default RO and the additional RO, and the UE may determine an RO to be used for transmission of the PRACH among the default RO and the additional RO based on the priority information.

다음으로, UE는 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보에 기초하여 PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel)를 전송할 수 있다 (S133). 예컨대, 상기 추가 RO가 활성화 상태인 경우 (예컨대, 페이징과 관련된 DCI를 통해 활성화가 지시된 경우), UE는 상기 디폴트 RO 및 상기 추가 RO 중에서 임의적으로 선택 (또는, 기지국의 지시에 따라)한 RO에서 상기 PRACH 또는 PRACH 프리앰블 (UE에 대한 결정된 RAPID에 대한 프리앰블)을 전송할 수 있다. 또는, UE는 상기 디폴트 RO 및 상기 추가 RO에 대한 SSB-to-RO 매핑 결과에 기반하여 PRACH 또는 PRACH 프리앰블을 전송할 RO를 결정할 수 있다. 예컨대, 복수의 SSB들 중에서 SSB 인덱스 1의 SSB의 수신 품질이 가장 좋은 경우, 상기 UE는 상기 디폴트 RO 및 상기 추가 RO 중에서 상기 SSB 인덱스 1에 매핑된 RO에서 PRACH 또는 PRACH 프리앰블을 전송할 수 있다.Next, the UE can transmit a PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel) based on the RACH resource configuration information (S133). For example, if the additional RO is activated (e.g., if activation is indicated through a DCI related to paging), the UE can transmit the PRACH or PRACH preamble (a preamble for a determined RAPID for the UE) in an RO randomly selected (or instructed by the base station) from among the default RO and the additional RO. Alternatively, the UE can determine an RO to transmit the PRACH or PRACH preamble based on the SSB-to-RO mapping result for the default RO and the additional RO. For example, if the reception quality of an SSB with an SSB index 1 among a plurality of SSBs is the best, the UE can transmit the PRACH or PRACH preamble in an RO mapped to the SSB index 1 among the default RO and the additional RO.

또는, UE는 상기 추가 RO와 상기 디폴트 RO와 중첩된 경우에 상술한 "방법 #1"에서 제안된 상기 추가 RO에 대한 SSB-to-RO 매핑 방법들 중 적어도 하나의 방법을 통해 상기 추가 RO에 대한 빔 방향을 결정할 수 있다. 예컨대, UE는 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보에 기반하여 상기 디폴트 RO를 포함하는 복수의 디폴트 RO들 및 상기 추가 RO를 포함하는 복수의 추가 RO들을 결정/설정할 수 있다. 이 때, 복수의 추가 RO들 중에서 특정 추가 RO가 상기 디폴트 RO와 중첩되는 경우, UE는 상기 특정 추가 RO가 유효하지 않을 것으로 간주하고 나머지 추가 RO들에 대한 SSB-to-RO 매핑을 수행할 수 있다. 또는, UE는 상기 추가 RO와 상기 디폴트 RO와 중첩된 경우에 상기 복수의 추가 RO들 중에서 상기 특정 추가 RO를 제외한 나머지 추가 RO들에 대해서만 SSB-to-RO 매핑을 수행할 수 있다. 이 경우, 상기 특정 추가 RO의 빔 방향은 상기 디폴트 RO에 대한 빔 방향과 동일한 빔 방향을 갖는 것으로 결정/간주될 수 있다. Alternatively, the UE may determine a beam direction for the additional RO through at least one of the SSB-to-RO mapping methods for the additional RO proposed in the above-described “Method #1” when the additional RO overlaps with the default RO. For example, the UE may determine/configure a plurality of default ROs including the default RO and a plurality of additional ROs including the additional RO based on the RACH resource configuration information. At this time, if a specific additional RO among the plurality of additional ROs overlaps with the default RO, the UE may consider the specific additional RO to be invalid and perform SSB-to-RO mapping for the remaining additional ROs. Alternatively, the UE may perform SSB-to-RO mapping only for the remaining additional ROs excluding the specific additional RO among the plurality of additional ROs when the additional RO overlaps with the default RO. In this case, the beam direction of the specific additional RO may be determined/considered to have the same beam direction as the beam direction for the default RO.

도 14는 기지국이 RACH 자원 설정 정보를 전송하는 방법을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.Figure 14 is a diagram for explaining a method for a base station to transmit RACH resource configuration information.

도 14를 참조하면, NES 동작을 수행할 수 있는 기지국/셀은 기존에 PRACH와 관련하여 설정되는 디폴트 RO (예컨대, NES aware UE가 아닌 레거시 UE에 대해 설정되는 RO) 및 NES aware UE에 대해 추가 RO (또는, PRACH 설정)를 설정하는 RACH 자원 설정 정보를 UE에게 전송할 수 있다 (S141). 예컨대, 상술한 바와 같이, 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보는 적어도 하나의 디폴트 RO 및 적어도 하나의 추가 RO를 설정할 수 있다. 상기 추가 RO는 기지국의 NES 동작/운용과 관련하여 NES aware UE인 상기 UE에 대해 추가적으로 설정되는 RO로써, NES RO로 정의될 수 있다. 또는, 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보는 상기 디폴트 RO를 설정하는 제1 파라미터 세트와, 상기 추가 RO를 설정하는 제2 파라미터 세트를 포함할 수 있고, 상기 NES RO의 주기는 상기 디폴트 RO의 주기 보다 짧을 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 14, a base station/cell capable of performing an NES operation may transmit RACH resource configuration information to a UE that configures a default RO (e.g., a RO configured for a legacy UE that is not an NES aware UE) configured in relation to an existing PRACH and an additional RO (or, PRACH configuration) for an NES aware UE (S141). For example, as described above, the RACH resource configuration information may configure at least one default RO and at least one additional RO. The additional RO may be defined as an NES RO as an RO additionally configured for the UE that is an NES aware UE in relation to the NES operation/management of the base station. Alternatively, the RACH resource configuration information may include a first parameter set that configures the default RO and a second parameter set that configures the additional RO, and a period of the NES RO may be shorter than a period of the default RO.

다음으로, 기지국은 특정 포맷의 DCI (Downlink Control Information)를 통해 상기 추가 RO의 활성화 여부에 대해 지시할 수 있다 (S143). 예컨대, 기지국은 상기 DCI 포맷 1_0의 DCI에 포함된 유보된 비트들을 통해 추가 RO의 활성화 여부를 UE에게 지시할 수 있다. 또는, 상기 특정 RNTI로써 추가 RO의 활성화 여부 지시를 위한 P-RNTI (Paging-Radio Network Temporary Identifier)가 설정될 수 있고, 상기 기지국은 상기 P-RNTI로 스크램블된 CRC를 갖는 DCI 포맷 1_0의 DCI를 통해 상기 추가 RO의 활성화 여부에 대한 지시할 수 있다.Next, the base station can indicate whether to activate the additional RO through DCI (Downlink Control Information) of a specific format (S143). For example, the base station can indicate to the UE whether to activate the additional RO through reserved bits included in the DCI of the DCI format 1_0. Alternatively, a Paging-Radio Network Temporary Identifier (P-RNTI) for indicating whether to activate the additional RO can be set as the specific RNTI, and the base station can indicate whether to activate the additional RO through DCI of the DCI format 1_0 having a CRC scrambled with the P-RNTI.

또는, 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보는 상기 디폴트 RO에 기반하여 상기 추가 RO를 설정하기 위한 특정 오프셋 정보 (예컨대, 시간 및/또는 주파수 오프셋)를 더 포함할 수 있다. 또는, 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보는 상기 디폴트 RO 및 상기 추가 RO 간의 우선 순위를 설정하는 우선 순위 정보를 더 포함할 수 있다.Alternatively, the RACH resource configuration information may further include specific offset information (e.g., time and/or frequency offset) for configuring the additional RO based on the default RO. Alternatively, the RACH resource configuration information may further include priority information for configuring a priority between the default RO and the additional RO.

다음으로, 기지국은 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보에 기초하여 PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel)를 수신할 수 있다 (S145). 예컨대, 상기 추가 RO가 활성화 상태인 경우 (예컨대, 페이징과 관련된 DCI를 통해 활성화가 지시된 경우), 기지국은 상기 디폴트 RO 및 상기 추가 RO에서 PRACH 또는 PRACH 프리앰블을 모니터링할 수 있다. Next, the base station can receive a PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel) based on the RACH resource configuration information (S145). For example, if the additional RO is activated (e.g., activation is indicated through a DCI related to paging), the base station can monitor the PRACH or PRACH preamble in the default RO and the additional RO.

또는, 기지국은 상기 추가 RO와 상기 디폴트 RO와 중첩된 경우에 상술한 “방법 #1”에서 제안된 상기 추가 RO에 대한 SSB-to-RO 매핑 방법들 중 적어도 하나의 방법을 통해 상기 추가 RO에 대한 빔 방향을 결정될 것으로 기대할 수 있다.Alternatively, the base station may expect to determine the beam direction for the additional RO through at least one of the SSB-to-RO mapping methods for the additional RO proposed in “Method #1” described above when the additional RO overlaps with the default RO.

이와 같이, 제안 발명은 NES와 관련하여 동적으로 조절되는 추가 RO를 추가적으로 설정함으로써, 기지국의 상황에 맞춰 RO의 주기를 신속하게 조정할 수 있다. 또는, 제안 발명은 별도의 DCI의 정의 없이도 기존의 특정 포맷의 DCI를 통해 추가 RO의 활성화 여부를 효과적으로 지시할 수 있다. 또는, 제안 발명은 디폴트 RO의 주기를 길게 설정하여 기지국의 에너지 절약 이득을 증가시킬 수 있고, 기지국의 상황에 따라 주기가 상대적으로 짧은 상기 추가 RO의 동적 조절을 통해 디폴트 RO의 주기 증가에 따른 UE의 접속 지연 문제도 효과적으로 해결할 수 있다.In this way, the proposed invention can quickly adjust the RO cycle according to the base station's situation by additionally setting an additional RO that is dynamically controlled in relation to the NES. Alternatively, the proposed invention can effectively indicate whether to activate the additional RO through an existing DCI of a specific format, without defining a separate DCI. Alternatively, the proposed invention can increase the energy saving benefit of the base station by setting a long default RO cycle, and can also effectively resolve the UE's connection delay problem due to the increase in the default RO cycle by dynamically adjusting the additional RO with a relatively short cycle according to the base station's situation.

발명이 적용되는 통신 시스템 예Examples of communication systems to which the invention applies

이로 제한되는 것은 아니지만, 본 문서에 개시된 본 발명의 다양한 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도들은 기기들간에 무선 통신/연결(예, 5G)을 필요로 하는 다양한 분야에 적용될 수 있다.Although not limited thereto, the various descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and/or operational flowcharts of the present invention disclosed in this document may be applied to various fields requiring wireless communication/connection (e.g., 5G) between devices.

이하, 도면을 참조하여 보다 구체적으로 예시한다. 이하의 도면/설명에서 동일한 도면 부호는 다르게 기술하지 않는 한, 동일하거나 대응되는 하드웨어 블록, 소프트웨어 블록 또는 기능 블록을 예시할 수 있다. Hereinafter, more specific examples will be provided with reference to the drawings. In the drawings/descriptions below, the same drawing reference numerals may represent identical or corresponding hardware blocks, software blocks, or functional blocks, unless otherwise described.

도 15은 본 발명에 적용되는 통신 시스템을 예시한다.Figure 15 illustrates a communication system applied to the present invention.

도 15를 참조하면, 본 발명에 적용되는 통신 시스템(1)은 무선 기기, 기지국 및 네트워크를 포함한다. 여기서, 무선 기기는 무선 접속 기술(예, 5G NR(New RAT), LTE(Long Term Evolution))을 이용하여 통신을 수행하는 기기를 의미하며, 통신/무선/5G 기기로 지칭될 수 있다. 이로 제한되는 것은 아니지만, 무선 기기는 로봇(100a), 차량(100b-1, 100b-2), XR(eXtended Reality) 기기(100c), 휴대 기기(Hand-held device)(100d), 가전(100e), IoT(Internet of Thing) 기기(100f), AI기기/서버(400)를 포함할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 차량은 무선 통신 기능이 구비된 차량, 자율 주행 차량, 차량간 통신을 수행할 수 있는 차량 등을 포함할 수 있다. 여기서, 차량은 UAV(Unmanned Aerial Vehicle)(예, 드론)를 포함할 수 있다. XR 기기는 AR(Augmented Reality)/VR(Virtual Reality)/MR(Mixed Reality) 기기를 포함하며, HMD(Head-Mounted Device), 차량에 구비된 HUD(Head-Up Display), 텔레비전, 스마트폰, 컴퓨터, 웨어러블 디바이스, 가전 기기, 디지털 사이니지(signage), 차량, 로봇 등의 형태로 구현될 수 있다. 휴대 기기는 스마트폰, 스마트패드, 웨어러블 기기(예, 스마트워치, 스마트글래스), 컴퓨터(예, 노트북 등) 등을 포함할 수 있다. 가전은 TV, 냉장고, 세탁기 등을 포함할 수 있다. IoT 기기는 센서, 스마트미터 등을 포함할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 기지국, 네트워크는 무선 기기로도 구현될 수 있으며, 특정 무선 기기(200a)는 다른 무선 기기에게 기지국/네트워크 노드로 동작할 수도 있다.Referring to FIG. 15, a communication system (1) applied to the present invention includes a wireless device, a base station, and a network. Here, the wireless device refers to a device that performs communication using a wireless access technology (e.g., 5G NR (New RAT), LTE (Long Term Evolution)) and may be referred to as a communication/wireless/5G device. Although not limited thereto, the wireless device may include a robot (100a), a vehicle (100b-1, 100b-2), an XR (eXtended Reality) device (100c), a hand-held device (100d), a home appliance (100e), an IoT (Internet of Things) device (100f), and an AI device/server (400). For example, the vehicle may include a vehicle equipped with a wireless communication function, an autonomous vehicle, a vehicle capable of performing vehicle-to-vehicle communication, etc. Here, the vehicle may include an Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) (e.g., a drone). XR devices include AR (Augmented Reality)/VR (Virtual Reality)/MR (Mixed Reality) devices, and can be implemented in the form of HMD (Head-Mounted Device), HUD (Head-Up Display) installed in a vehicle, television, smartphone, computer, wearable device, home appliance, digital signage, vehicle, robot, etc. Mobile devices can include smartphone, smart pad, wearable device (e.g., smart watch, smart glass), computer (e.g., laptop, etc.), etc. Home appliances can include TV, refrigerator, washing machine, etc. IoT devices can include sensors, smart meters, etc. For example, base stations and networks can also be implemented as wireless devices, and a specific wireless device (200a) can act as a base station/network node to other wireless devices.

무선 기기(100a~100f)는 기지국(200)을 통해 네트워크(300)와 연결될 수 있다. 무선 기기(100a~100f)에는 AI(Artificial Intelligence) 기술이 적용될 수 있으며, 무선 기기(100a~100f)는 네트워크(300)를 통해 AI 서버(400)와 연결될 수 있다. 네트워크(300)는 3G 네트워크, 4G(예, LTE) 네트워크 또는 5G(예, NR) 네트워크 등을 이용하여 구성될 수 있다. 무선 기기(100a~100f)는 기지국(200)/네트워크(300)를 통해 서로 통신할 수도 있지만, 기지국/네트워크를 통하지 않고 직접 통신(e.g. 사이드링크 통신(sidelink communication))할 수도 있다. 예를 들어, 차량들(100b-1, 100b-2)은 직접 통신(e.g. V2V(Vehicle to Vehicle)/V2X(Vehicle to everything) communication)을 할 수 있다. 또한, IoT 기기(예, 센서)는 다른 IoT 기기(예, 센서) 또는 다른 무선 기기(100a~100f)와 직접 통신을 할 수 있다.Wireless devices (100a to 100f) can be connected to a network (300) via a base station (200). Artificial Intelligence (AI) technology can be applied to the wireless devices (100a to 100f), and the wireless devices (100a to 100f) can be connected to an AI server (400) via the network (300). The network (300) can be configured using a 3G network, a 4G (e.g., LTE) network, a 5G (e.g., NR) network, etc. The wireless devices (100a to 100f) can communicate with each other via the base station (200)/network (300), but can also communicate directly (e.g., sidelink communication) without going through the base station/network. For example, vehicles (100b-1, 100b-2) can communicate directly (e.g., V2V (Vehicle to Vehicle)/V2X (Vehicle to everything) communication). In addition, IoT devices (e.g., sensors) can communicate directly with other IoT devices (e.g., sensors) or other wireless devices (100a to 100f).

무선 기기(100a~100f)/기지국(200), 기지국(200)/기지국(200) 간에는 무선 통신/연결(150a, 150b, 150c)이 이뤄질 수 있다. 여기서, 무선 통신/연결은 상향/하향링크 통신(150a)과 사이드링크 통신(150b)(또는, D2D 통신), 기지국간 통신(150c)(e.g. relay, IAB(Integrated Access Backhaul)과 같은 다양한 무선 접속 기술(예, 5G NR)을 통해 이뤄질 수 있다. 무선 통신/연결(150a, 150b, 150c)을 통해 무선 기기와 기지국/무선 기기, 기지국과 기지국은 서로 무선 신호를 송신/수신할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 무선 통신/연결(150a, 150b, 150c)은 다양한 물리 채널을 통해 신호를 송신/수신할 수 있다. 이를 위해, 본 발명의 다양한 제안들에 기반하여, 무선 신호의 송신/수신을 위한 다양한 구성정보 설정 과정, 다양한 신호 처리 과정(예, 채널 인코딩/디코딩, 변조/복조, 자원 매핑/디매핑 등), 자원 할당 과정 등 중 적어도 일부가 수행될 수 있다.Wireless communication/connection (150a, 150b, 150c) can be established between wireless devices (100a~100f)/base stations (200), and base stations (200)/base stations (200). Here, wireless communication/connection can be achieved through various wireless access technologies (e.g., 5G NR) such as uplink/downlink communication (150a), sidelink communication (150b) (or D2D communication), and base station-to-base station communication (150c) (e.g., relay, IAB (Integrated Access Backhaul). Through wireless communication/connection (150a, 150b, 150c), wireless devices and base stations/wireless devices, and base stations and base stations can transmit/receive wireless signals to each other. For example, wireless communication/connection (150a, 150b, 150c) can transmit/receive signals through various physical channels. To this end, at least some of various configuration information setting processes for transmitting/receiving wireless signals, various signal processing processes (e.g., channel encoding/decoding, modulation/demodulation, resource mapping/demapping, etc.), and resource allocation processes can be performed based on various proposals of the present invention.

본 발명이 적용되는 무선 기기 예Examples of wireless devices to which the present invention is applied

도 16은 본 발명에 적용될 수 있는 무선 기기를 예시한다.Figure 16 illustrates a wireless device applicable to the present invention.

도 16을 참조하면, 제1 무선 기기(100)와 제2 무선 기기(200)는 다양한 무선 접속 기술(예, LTE, NR)을 통해 무선 신호를 송수신할 수 있다. 여기서, {제1 무선 기기(100), 제2 무선 기기(200)}은 도 15의 {무선 기기(100x), 기지국(200)} 및/또는 {무선 기기(100x), 무선 기기(100x)}에 대응할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 16, the first wireless device (100) and the second wireless device (200) can transmit and receive wireless signals through various wireless access technologies (e.g., LTE, NR). Here, {the first wireless device (100), the second wireless device (200)} can correspond to {the wireless device (100x), the base station (200)} and/or {the wireless device (100x), the wireless device (100x)} of FIG. 15.

제1 무선 기기(100)는 하나 이상의 프로세서(102) 및 하나 이상의 메모리(104)를 포함하며, 추가적으로 하나 이상의 송수신기(106) 및/또는 하나 이상의 안테나(108)을 더 포함할 수 있다. 프로세서(102)는 메모리(104) 및/또는 송수신기(106)를 제어하며, 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도들을 구현하도록 구성될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 프로세서(102)는 메모리(104) 내의 정보를 처리하여 제1 정보/신호를 생성한 뒤, 송수신기(106)을 통해 제1 정보/신호를 포함하는 무선 신호를 전송할 수 있다. 또한, 프로세서(102)는 송수신기(106)를 통해 제2 정보/신호를 포함하는 무선 신호를 수신한 뒤, 제2 정보/신호의 신호 처리로부터 얻은 정보를 메모리(104)에 저장할 수 있다. 메모리(104)는 프로세서(102)와 연결될 수 있고, 프로세서(102)의 동작과 관련한 다양한 정보를 저장할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 메모리(104)는 프로세서(102)에 의해 제어되는 프로세스들 중 일부 또는 전부를 수행하거나, 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도들을 수행하기 위한 명령들을 포함하는 소프트웨어 코드를 저장할 수 있다. 여기서, 프로세서(102)와 메모리(104)는 무선 통신 기술(예, LTE, NR)을 구현하도록 설계된 통신 모뎀/회로/칩셋의 일부일 수 있다. 송수신기(106)는 프로세서(102)와 연결될 수 있고, 하나 이상의 안테나(108)를 통해 무선 신호를 송신 및/또는 수신할 수 있다. 송수신기(106)는 송신기 및/또는 수신기를 포함할 수 있다. 송수신기(106)는 RF(Radio Frequency) 유닛과 혼용될 수 있다. 본 발명에서 무선 기기는 통신 모뎀/회로/칩셋을 의미할 수도 있다.A first wireless device (100) includes one or more processors (102) and one or more memories (104), and may further include one or more transceivers (106) and/or one or more antennas (108). The processor (102) controls the memories (104) and/or the transceivers (106), and may be configured to implement the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or operational flowcharts disclosed in this document. For example, the processor (102) may process information in the memory (104) to generate first information/signal, and then transmit a wireless signal including the first information/signal via the transceiver (106). In addition, the processor (102) may receive a wireless signal including second information/signal via the transceiver (106), and then store information obtained from signal processing of the second information/signal in the memory (104). The memory (104) may be connected to the processor (102) and may store various information related to the operation of the processor (102). For example, the memory (104) may perform some or all of the processes controlled by the processor (102), or may store software code including commands for performing the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or operation flowcharts disclosed in this document. Here, the processor (102) and the memory (104) may be part of a communication modem/circuit/chipset designed to implement wireless communication technology (e.g., LTE, NR). The transceiver (106) may be connected to the processor (102) and may transmit and/or receive wireless signals via one or more antennas (108). The transceiver (106) may include a transmitter and/or a receiver. The transceiver (106) may be used interchangeably with an RF (Radio Frequency) unit. In the present invention, a wireless device may also mean a communication modem/circuit/chipset.

구체적으로, 제1 무선 기기 또는 단말 (100)은 송수신기 (106)와 연결되는 프로세서 (102)와 메모리(104)를 포함할 수 있다. 메모리(104)는 도 11 내지 도 14에서 설명된 실시예들과 관련된 동작을 수행할 수 있는 적어도 하나의 프로그램들이 포함될 수 있다.Specifically, the first wireless device or terminal (100) may include a processor (102) and a memory (104) connected to a transceiver (106). The memory (104) may include at least one program capable of performing operations related to the embodiments described in FIGS. 11 to 14.

프로세서(102)는 송수신기 (106)를 제어하여 디폴트 RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) 및 NES (network energy saving)와 관련된 추가 RO을 설정하는 RACH (Random Access Channel) 자원 설정 정보를 수신하고, 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보에 기초하여 PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel)를 전송할 수 있다. 여기서, 상기 추가 RO은 특정 포맷의 DCI (Downlink Control Information)를 통해 활성화 여부가 지시될 수 있다.A processor (102) controls a transceiver (106) to receive RACH (Random Access Channel) resource configuration information that sets a default RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) and an additional RO related to NES (network energy saving), and transmits a PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel) based on the RACH resource configuration information. Here, whether the additional RO is activated can be indicated through DCI (Downlink Control Information) of a specific format.

또는, 단말을 제어하는 프로세서 (102) 및 메모리(104)를 포함하는 프로세싱 장치가 구성될 수 있다. 이 경우, 적어도 하나의 프로세서; 및 상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서에 연결되고 명령어들을 저장하는 적어도 하나의 메모리를 포함하되, 상기 명령어들은 상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서에 의해 실행되는 것을 기반으로 상기 단말로 하여금: 디폴트 RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) 및 NES (network energy saving)와 관련된 추가 RO을 설정하는 RACH (Random Access Channel) 자원 설정 정보를 수신하고, 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보에 기초하여 PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel)를 전송하게 할 수 있다. 여기서, 상기 추가 RO은 특정 포맷의 DCI (Downlink Control Information)를 통해 활성화 여부가 지시될 수 있다.Alternatively, a processing device may be configured, including a processor (102) controlling a terminal and a memory (104). In this case, at least one processor; and at least one memory connected to the at least one processor and storing instructions, wherein the instructions, based on being executed by the at least one processor, cause the terminal to: receive RACH (Random Access Channel) resource configuration information that sets a default RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) and an additional RO related to NES (network energy saving), and transmit a PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel) based on the RACH resource configuration information. Here, whether the additional RO is activated can be indicated through DCI (Downlink Control Information) of a specific format.

제2 무선 기기(200)는 하나 이상의 프로세서(202), 하나 이상의 메모리(204)를 포함하며, 추가적으로 하나 이상의 송수신기(206) 및/또는 하나 이상의 안테나(208)를 더 포함할 수 있다. 프로세서(202)는 메모리(204) 및/또는 송수신기(206)를 제어하며, 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도들을 구현하도록 구성될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 프로세서(202)는 메모리(204) 내의 정보를 처리하여 제3 정보/신호를 생성한 뒤, 송수신기(206)를 통해 제3 정보/신호를 포함하는 무선 신호를 전송할 수 있다. 또한, 프로세서(202)는 송수신기(206)를 통해 제4 정보/신호를 포함하는 무선 신호를 수신한 뒤, 제4 정보/신호의 신호 처리로부터 얻은 정보를 메모리(204)에 저장할 수 있다. 메모리(204)는 프로세서(202)와 연결될 수 있고, 프로세서(202)의 동작과 관련한 다양한 정보를 저장할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 메모리(204)는 프로세서(202)에 의해 제어되는 프로세스들 중 일부 또는 전부를 수행하거나, 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도들을 수행하기 위한 명령들을 포함하는 소프트웨어 코드를 저장할 수 있다. 여기서, 프로세서(202)와 메모리(204)는 무선 통신 기술(예, LTE, NR)을 구현하도록 설계된 통신 모뎀/회로/칩의 일부일 수 있다. 송수신기(206)는 프로세서(202)와 연결될 수 있고, 하나 이상의 안테나(208)를 통해 무선 신호를 송신 및/또는 수신할 수 있다. 송수신기(206)는 송신기 및/또는 수신기를 포함할 수 있다 송수신기(206)는 RF 유닛과 혼용될 수 있다. 본 발명에서 무선 기기는 통신 모뎀/회로/칩을 의미할 수도 있다.The second wireless device (200) includes one or more processors (202), one or more memories (204), and may further include one or more transceivers (206) and/or one or more antennas (208). The processor (202) controls the memories (204) and/or the transceivers (206), and may be configured to implement the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or operational flowcharts disclosed in this document. For example, the processor (202) may process information in the memory (204) to generate third information/signals, and then transmit a wireless signal including the third information/signals via the transceivers (206). Furthermore, the processor (202) may receive a wireless signal including fourth information/signals via the transceivers (206), and then store information obtained from signal processing of the fourth information/signals in the memory (204). The memory (204) may be connected to the processor (202) and may store various information related to the operation of the processor (202). For example, the memory (204) may perform some or all of the processes controlled by the processor (202), or may store software code including commands for performing the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or operation flowcharts disclosed in this document. Here, the processor (202) and the memory (204) may be part of a communication modem/circuit/chip designed to implement wireless communication technology (e.g., LTE, NR). The transceiver (206) may be connected to the processor (202) and may transmit and/or receive wireless signals via one or more antennas (208). The transceiver (206) may include a transmitter and/or a receiver. The transceiver (206) may be used interchangeably with an RF unit. In the present invention, a wireless device may also mean a communication modem/circuit/chip.

구체적으로, 제2 무선 기기 또는 기지국 (200)는 송수신기 또는 RF 송수신기(206)와 연결되는 프로세서 (202)와 메모리(204)를 포함할 수 있다. 메모리(204)는 도 11 내지 도 14에서 설명된 실시예들과 관련된 동작을 수행할 수 있는 적어도 하나의 프로그램들이 포함될 수 있다.Specifically, the second wireless device or base station (200) may include a processor (202) and a memory (204) connected to a transceiver or RF transceiver (206). The memory (204) may include at least one program capable of performing operations related to the embodiments described in FIGS. 11 to 14.

프로세서(202)는 송수신기(206)를 제어하여 디폴트 RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) 및 NES (network energy saving)와 관련된 추가 RO을 설정하는 RACH (Random Access Channel) 자원 설정 정보를 전송하고, 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보에 기초하여 PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel)를 수신할 수 있다. 여기서, 상기 추가 RO은 특정 포맷의 DCI (Downlink Control Information)를 통해 활성화 여부가 지시될 수 있다.The processor (202) controls the transceiver (206) to transmit RACH (Random Access Channel) resource configuration information that sets a default RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) and an additional RO related to NES (network energy saving), and can receive a PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel) based on the RACH resource configuration information. Here, whether the additional RO is activated can be indicated through DCI (Downlink Control Information) of a specific format.

이하, 무선 기기(100, 200)의 하드웨어 요소에 대해 보다 구체적으로 설명한다. 이로 제한되는 것은 아니지만, 하나 이상의 프로토콜 계층이 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)에 의해 구현될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 하나 이상의 계층(예, PHY, MAC, RLC, PDCP, RRC, SDAP와 같은 기능적 계층)을 구현할 수 있다. 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도들에 따라 하나 이상의 PDU(Protocol Data Unit) 및/또는 하나 이상의 SDU(Service Data Unit)를 생성할 수 있다. 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도들에 따라 메시지, 제어정보, 데이터 또는 정보를 생성할 수 있다. 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 본 문서에 개시된 기능, 절차, 제안 및/또는 방법에 따라 PDU, SDU, 메시지, 제어정보, 데이터 또는 정보를 포함하는 신호(예, 베이스밴드 신호)를 생성하여, 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)에게 제공할 수 있다. 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)로부터 신호(예, 베이스밴드 신호)를 수신할 수 있고, 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도들에 따라 PDU, SDU, 메시지, 제어정보, 데이터 또는 정보를 획득할 수 있다.Hereinafter, the hardware elements of the wireless device (100, 200) will be described in more detail. Although not limited thereto, one or more protocol layers may be implemented by one or more processors (102, 202). For example, one or more processors (102, 202) may implement one or more layers (e.g., functional layers such as PHY, MAC, RLC, PDCP, RRC, SDAP). One or more processors (102, 202) may generate one or more Protocol Data Units (PDUs) and/or one or more Service Data Units (SDUs) according to the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or operation flowcharts disclosed in this document. One or more processors (102, 202) may generate messages, control information, data, or information according to the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or operation flowcharts disclosed in this document. One or more processors (102, 202) can generate signals (e.g., baseband signals) including PDUs, SDUs, messages, control information, data or information according to the functions, procedures, proposals and/or methods disclosed herein, and provide the signals to one or more transceivers (106, 206). One or more processors (102, 202) can receive signals (e.g., baseband signals) from one or more transceivers (106, 206) and obtain PDUs, SDUs, messages, control information, data or information according to the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein.

하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 컨트롤러, 마이크로 컨트롤러, 마이크로 프로세서 또는 마이크로 컴퓨터로 지칭될 수 있다. 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 하드웨어, 펌웨어, 소프트웨어, 또는 이들의 조합에 의해 구현될 수 있다. 일 예로, 하나 이상의 ASIC(Application Specific Integrated Circuit), 하나 이상의 DSP(Digital Signal Processor), 하나 이상의 DSPD(Digital Signal Processing Device), 하나 이상의 PLD(Programmable Logic Device) 또는 하나 이상의 FPGA(Field Programmable Gate Arrays)가 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)에 포함될 수 있다. 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도들은 펌웨어 또는 소프트웨어를 사용하여 구현될 수 있고, 펌웨어 또는 소프트웨어는 모듈, 절차, 기능 등을 포함하도록 구현될 수 있다. 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도들은 수행하도록 설정된 펌웨어 또는 소프트웨어는 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)에 포함되거나, 하나 이상의 메모리(104, 204)에 저장되어 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)에 의해 구동될 수 있다. 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도들은 코드, 명령어 및/또는 명령어의 집합 형태로 펌웨어 또는 소프트웨어를 사용하여 구현될 수 있다. One or more processors (102, 202) may be referred to as a controller, a microcontroller, a microprocessor, or a microcomputer. One or more processors (102, 202) may be implemented by hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof. For example, one or more Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), one or more Digital Signal Processors (DSPs), one or more Digital Signal Processing Devices (DSPDs), one or more Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) may be included in one or more processors (102, 202). The descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or operational flowcharts disclosed in this document may be implemented using firmware or software, and the firmware or software may be implemented to include modules, procedures, functions, etc. The descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operation flowcharts disclosed in this document may be implemented using firmware or software configured to perform one or more processors (102, 202) or stored in one or more memories (104, 204) and executed by one or more processors (102, 202). The descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operation flowcharts disclosed in this document may be implemented using firmware or software in the form of codes, instructions and/or sets of instructions.

하나 이상의 메모리(104, 204)는 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)와 연결될 수 있고, 다양한 형태의 데이터, 신호, 메시지, 정보, 프로그램, 코드, 지시 및/또는 명령을 저장할 수 있다. 하나 이상의 메모리(104, 204)는 ROM, RAM, EPROM, 플래시 메모리, 하드 드라이브, 레지스터, 캐쉬 메모리, 컴퓨터 판독 저장 매체 및/또는 이들의 조합으로 구성될 수 있다. 하나 이상의 메모리(104, 204)는 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)의 내부 및/또는 외부에 위치할 수 있다. 또한, 하나 이상의 메모리(104, 204)는 유선 또는 무선 연결과 같은 다양한 기술을 통해 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)와 연결될 수 있다.One or more memories (104, 204) may be coupled to one or more processors (102, 202) and may store various forms of data, signals, messages, information, programs, codes, instructions, and/or commands. The one or more memories (104, 204) may be configured as ROM, RAM, EPROM, flash memory, hard drives, registers, cache memory, computer-readable storage media, and/or combinations thereof. The one or more memories (104, 204) may be located internally and/or externally to the one or more processors (102, 202). Additionally, the one or more memories (104, 204) may be coupled to the one or more processors (102, 202) via various technologies, such as wired or wireless connections.

하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 하나 이상의 다른 장치에게 본 문서의 방법들 및/또는 동작 순서도 등에서 언급되는 사용자 데이터, 제어 정보, 무선 신호/채널 등을 전송할 수 있다. 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 하나 이상의 다른 장치로부터 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도 등에서 언급되는 사용자 데이터, 제어 정보, 무선 신호/채널 등을 수신할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)와 연결될 수 있고, 무선 신호를 송수신할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)가 하나 이상의 다른 장치에게 사용자 데이터, 제어 정보 또는 무선 신호를 전송하도록 제어할 수 있다. 또한, 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)가 하나 이상의 다른 장치로부터 사용자 데이터, 제어 정보 또는 무선 신호를 수신하도록 제어할 수 있다. 또한, 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 하나 이상의 안테나(108, 208)와 연결될 수 있고, 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 하나 이상의 안테나(108, 208)를 통해 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도 등에서 언급되는 사용자 데이터, 제어 정보, 무선 신호/채널 등을 송수신하도록 설정될 수 있다. 본 문서에서, 하나 이상의 안테나는 복수의 물리 안테나이거나, 복수의 논리 안테나(예, 안테나 포트)일 수 있다. 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 수신된 사용자 데이터, 제어 정보, 무선 신호/채널 등을 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)를 이용하여 처리하기 위해, 수신된 무선 신호/채널 등을 RF 밴드 신호에서 베이스밴드 신호로 변환(Convert)할 수 있다. 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)를 이용하여 처리된 사용자 데이터, 제어 정보, 무선 신호/채널 등을 베이스밴드 신호에서 RF 밴드 신호로 변환할 수 있다. 이를 위하여, 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 (아날로그) 오실레이터 및/또는 필터를 포함할 수 있다.One or more transceivers (106, 206) can transmit user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc., as mentioned in the methods and/or flowcharts of this document, to one or more other devices. One or more transceivers (106, 206) can receive user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc., as mentioned in the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and/or flowcharts of this document, from one or more other devices. For example, one or more transceivers (106, 206) can be connected to one or more processors (102, 202) and can transmit and receive wireless signals. For example, one or more processors (102, 202) can control one or more transceivers (106, 206) to transmit user data, control information, or wireless signals to one or more other devices. Additionally, one or more processors (102, 202) may control one or more transceivers (106, 206) to receive user data, control information, or wireless signals from one or more other devices. Additionally, one or more transceivers (106, 206) may be coupled to one or more antennas (108, 208), and one or more transceivers (106, 206) may be configured to transmit and receive user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, or the like, as referred to in the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein, via one or more antennas (108, 208). In this document, one or more antennas may be multiple physical antennas or multiple logical antennas (e.g., antenna ports). One or more transceivers (106, 206) may convert received user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc. from RF band signals to baseband signals in order to process the received user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc. using one or more processors (102, 202). One or more transceivers (106, 206) may convert processed user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc. from baseband signals to RF band signals using one or more processors (102, 202). For this purpose, one or more transceivers (106, 206) may include an (analog) oscillator and/or a filter.

본 발명이 적용되는 무선 기기 활용 예Examples of wireless devices to which the present invention is applied

도 17은 본 발명에 적용되는 무선 기기의 다른 예를 나타낸다. 무선 기기는 사용-예/서비스에 따라 다양한 형태로 구현될 수 있다 (도 15 참조).Figure 17 illustrates another example of a wireless device applicable to the present invention. The wireless device may be implemented in various forms depending on the use case/service (see Figure 15).

도 17을 참조하면, 무선 기기(100, 200)는 도 16의 무선 기기(100,200)에 대응하며, 다양한 요소(element), 성분(component), 유닛/부(unit), 및/또는 모듈(module)로 구성될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 무선 기기(100, 200)는 통신부(110), 제어부(120), 메모리부(130) 및 추가 요소(140)를 포함할 수 있다. 통신부는 통신 회로(112) 및 송수신기(들)(114)을 포함할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 통신 회로(112)는 도 17의 하나 이상의 프로세서(102,202) 및/또는 하나 이상의 메모리(104,204)를 포함할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 송수신기(들)(114)는 도 16의 하나 이상의 송수신기(106,206) 및/또는 하나 이상의 안테나(108,208)을 포함할 수 있다. 제어부(120)는 통신부(110), 메모리부(130) 및 추가 요소(140)와 전기적으로 연결되며 무선 기기의 제반 동작을 제어한다. 예를 들어, 제어부(120)는 메모리부(130)에 저장된 프로그램/코드/명령/정보에 기반하여 무선 기기의 전기적/기계적 동작을 제어할 수 있다. 또한, 제어부(120)는 메모리부(130)에 저장된 정보를 통신부(110)을 통해 외부(예, 다른 통신 기기)로 무선/유선 인터페이스를 통해 전송하거나, 통신부(110)를 통해 외부(예, 다른 통신 기기)로부터 무선/유선 인터페이스를 통해 수신된 정보를 메모리부(130)에 저장할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 17, the wireless device (100, 200) corresponds to the wireless device (100, 200) of FIG. 16 and may be composed of various elements, components, units/units, and/or modules. For example, the wireless device (100, 200) may include a communication unit (110), a control unit (120), a memory unit (130), and additional elements (140). The communication unit may include a communication circuit (112) and a transceiver(s) (114). For example, the communication circuit (112) may include one or more processors (102, 202) and/or one or more memories (104, 204) of FIG. 17. For example, the transceiver(s) (114) may include one or more transceivers (106, 206) and/or one or more antennas (108, 208) of FIG. 16. The control unit (120) is electrically connected to the communication unit (110), the memory unit (130), and the additional elements (140) and controls the overall operation of the wireless device. For example, the control unit (120) may control the electrical/mechanical operation of the wireless device based on the program/code/command/information stored in the memory unit (130). In addition, the control unit (120) may transmit information stored in the memory unit (130) to an external device (e.g., another communication device) via a wireless/wired interface through the communication unit (110), or store information received from an external device (e.g., another communication device) via a wireless/wired interface in the memory unit (130).

추가 요소(140)는 무선 기기의 종류에 따라 다양하게 구성될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 추가 요소(140)는 파워 유닛/배터리, 입출력부(I/O unit), 구동부 및 컴퓨팅부 중 적어도 하나를 포함할 수 있다. 이로 제한되는 것은 아니지만, 무선 기기는 로봇(도 15, 100a), 차량(도 15, 100b-1, 100b-2), XR 기기(도 15, 100c), 휴대 기기(도 15, 100d), 가전(도 15, 100e), IoT 기기(도 15, 100f), 디지털 방송용 단말, 홀로그램 장치, 공공 안전 장치, MTC 장치, 의료 장치, 핀테크 장치(또는 금융 장치), 보안 장치, 기후/환경 장치, AI 서버/기기(도 15, 400), 기지국(도 15, 200), 네트워크 노드 등의 형태로 구현될 수 있다. 무선 기기는 사용-예/서비스에 따라 이동 가능하거나 고정된 장소에서 사용될 수 있다.The additional element (140) may be configured in various ways depending on the type of the wireless device. For example, the additional element (140) may include at least one of a power unit/battery, an input/output unit (I/O unit), a driving unit, and a computing unit. Although not limited thereto, the wireless device may be implemented in the form of a robot (Fig. 15, 100a), a vehicle (Fig. 15, 100b-1, 100b-2), an XR device (Fig. 15, 100c), a portable device (Fig. 15, 100d), a home appliance (Fig. 15, 100e), an IoT device (Fig. 15, 100f), a digital broadcasting terminal, a hologram device, a public safety device, an MTC device, a medical device, a fintech device (or a financial device), a security device, a climate/environmental device, an AI server/device (Fig. 15, 400), a base station (Fig. 15, 200), a network node, etc. Wireless devices may be mobile or stationary depending on the use/service.

도 17에서 무선 기기(100, 200) 내의 다양한 요소, 성분, 유닛/부, 및/또는 모듈은 전체가 유선 인터페이스를 통해 상호 연결되거나, 적어도 일부가 통신부(110)를 통해 무선으로 연결될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 무선 기기(100, 200) 내에서 제어부(120)와 통신부(110)는 유선으로 연결되며, 제어부(120)와 제1 유닛(예, 130, 140)은 통신부(110)를 통해 무선으로 연결될 수 있다. 또한, 무선 기기(100, 200) 내의 각 요소, 성분, 유닛/부, 및/또는 모듈은 하나 이상의 요소를 더 포함할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 제어부(120)는 하나 이상의 프로세서 집합으로 구성될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 제어부(120)는 통신 제어 프로세서, 어플리케이션 프로세서(Application processor), ECU(Electronic Control Unit), 그래픽 처리 프로세서, 메모리 제어 프로세서 등의 집합으로 구성될 수 있다. 다른 예로, 메모리부(130)는 RAM(Random Access Memory), DRAM(Dynamic RAM), ROM(Read Only Memory), 플래시 메모리(flash memory), 휘발성 메모리(volatile memory), 비-휘발성 메모리(non-volatile memory) 및/또는 이들의 조합으로 구성될 수 있다.In FIG. 17, various elements, components, units/parts, and/or modules within the wireless device (100, 200) may be entirely interconnected via a wired interface, or at least some may be wirelessly connected via a communication unit (110). For example, within the wireless device (100, 200), the control unit (120) and the communication unit (110) may be wired, and the control unit (120) and a first unit (e.g., 130, 140) may be wirelessly connected via the communication unit (110). In addition, each element, component, unit/part, and/or module within the wireless device (100, 200) may further include one or more elements. For example, the control unit (120) may be composed of a set of one or more processors. For example, the control unit (120) may be composed of a set of a communication control processor, an application processor, an electronic control unit (ECU), a graphics processing processor, a memory control processor, etc. As another example, the memory unit (130) may be composed of RAM (Random Access Memory), DRAM (Dynamic RAM), ROM (Read Only Memory), flash memory, volatile memory, non-volatile memory, and/or a combination thereof.

본 발명이 적용되는 차량 또는 자율 주행 차량 예Examples of vehicles or autonomous vehicles to which the present invention is applied

도 18는 본 발명에 적용되는 차량 또는 자율 주행 차량을 예시한다. 차량 또는 자율 주행 차량은 이동형 로봇, 차량, 기차, 유/무인 비행체(Aerial Vehicle, AV), 선박 등으로 구현될 수 있다.Figure 18 illustrates a vehicle or autonomous vehicle applicable to the present invention. The vehicle or autonomous vehicle may be implemented as a mobile robot, a car, a train, a manned or unmanned aerial vehicle (AV), a ship, or the like.

도 18를 참조하면, 차량 또는 자율 주행 차량(100)은 안테나부(108), 통신부(110), 제어부(120), 구동부(140a), 전원공급부(140b), 센서부(140c) 및 자율 주행부(140d)를 포함할 수 있다. 안테나부(108)는 통신부(110)의 일부로 구성될 수 있다. 블록 110/130/140a~140d는 각각 도 17의 블록 110/130/140에 대응한다.Referring to FIG. 18, a vehicle or autonomous vehicle (100) may include an antenna unit (108), a communication unit (110), a control unit (120), a driving unit (140a), a power supply unit (140b), a sensor unit (140c), and an autonomous driving unit (140d). The antenna unit (108) may be configured as a part of the communication unit (110). Blocks 110/130/140a to 140d correspond to blocks 110/130/140 of FIG. 17, respectively.

통신부(110)는 다른 차량, 기지국(e.g. 기지국, 노변 기지국(Road Side unit) 등), 서버 등의 외부 기기들과 신호(예, 데이터, 제어 신호 등)를 송수신할 수 있다. 제어부(120)는 차량 또는 자율 주행 차량(100)의 요소들을 제어하여 다양한 동작을 수행할 수 있다. 제어부(120)는 ECU(Electronic Control Unit)를 포함할 수 있다. 구동부(140a)는 차량 또는 자율 주행 차량(100)을 지상에서 주행하게 할 수 있다. 구동부(140a)는 엔진, 모터, 파워 트레인, 바퀴, 브레이크, 조향 장치 등을 포함할 수 있다. 전원공급부(140b)는 차량 또는 자율 주행 차량(100)에게 전원을 공급하며, 유/무선 충전 회로, 배터리 등을 포함할 수 있다. 센서부(140c)는 차량 상태, 주변 환경 정보, 사용자 정보 등을 얻을 수 있다. 센서부(140c)는 IMU(inertial measurement unit) 센서, 충돌 센서, 휠 센서(wheel sensor), 속도 센서, 경사 센서, 중량 감지 센서, 헤딩 센서(heading sensor), 포지션 모듈(position module), 차량 전진/후진 센서, 배터리 센서, 연료 센서, 타이어 센서, 스티어링 센서, 온도 센서, 습도 센서, 초음파 센서, 조도 센서, 페달 포지션 센서 등을 포함할 수 있다. 자율 주행부(140d)는 주행중인 차선을 유지하는 기술, 어댑티브 크루즈 컨트롤과 같이 속도를 자동으로 조절하는 기술, 정해진 경로를 따라 자동으로 주행하는 기술, 목적지가 설정되면 자동으로 경로를 설정하여 주행하는 기술 등을 구현할 수 있다.The communication unit (110) can transmit and receive signals (e.g., data, control signals, etc.) with external devices such as other vehicles, base stations (e.g., base stations, road side units, etc.), and servers. The control unit (120) can control elements of the vehicle or autonomous vehicle (100) to perform various operations. The control unit (120) can include an ECU (Electronic Control Unit). The drive unit (140a) can drive the vehicle or autonomous vehicle (100) on the ground. The drive unit (140a) can include an engine, a motor, a power train, wheels, brakes, a steering device, etc. The power supply unit (140b) supplies power to the vehicle or autonomous vehicle (100) and can include a wired/wireless charging circuit, a battery, etc. The sensor unit (140c) can obtain vehicle status, surrounding environment information, user information, etc. The sensor unit (140c) may include an IMU (inertial measurement unit) sensor, a collision sensor, a wheel sensor, a speed sensor, an incline sensor, a weight detection sensor, a heading sensor, a position module, a vehicle forward/backward sensor, a battery sensor, a fuel sensor, a tire sensor, a steering sensor, a temperature sensor, a humidity sensor, an ultrasonic sensor, an illuminance sensor, a pedal position sensor, etc. The autonomous driving unit (140d) may implement a technology for maintaining a driving lane, a technology for automatically controlling speed such as adaptive cruise control, a technology for automatically driving along a set path, a technology for automatically setting a path and driving when a destination is set, etc.

일 예로, 통신부(110)는 외부 서버로부터 지도 데이터, 교통 정보 데이터 등을 수신할 수 있다. 자율 주행부(140d)는 획득된 데이터를 기반으로 자율 주행 경로와 드라이빙 플랜을 생성할 수 있다. 제어부(120)는 드라이빙 플랜에 따라 차량 또는 자율 주행 차량(100)이 자율 주행 경로를 따라 이동하도록 구동부(140a)를 제어할 수 있다(예, 속도/방향 조절). 자율 주행 도중에 통신부(110)는 외부 서버로부터 최신 교통 정보 데이터를 비/주기적으로 획득하며, 주변 차량으로부터 주변 교통 정보 데이터를 획득할 수 있다. 또한, 자율 주행 도중에 센서부(140c)는 차량 상태, 주변 환경 정보를 획득할 수 있다. 자율 주행부(140d)는 새로 획득된 데이터/정보에 기반하여 자율 주행 경로와 드라이빙 플랜을 갱신할 수 있다. 통신부(110)는 차량 위치, 자율 주행 경로, 드라이빙 플랜 등에 관한 정보를 외부 서버로 전달할 수 있다. 외부 서버는 차량 또는 자율 주행 차량들로부터 수집된 정보에 기반하여, AI 기술 등을 이용하여 교통 정보 데이터를 미리 예측할 수 있고, 예측된 교통 정보 데이터를 차량 또는 자율 주행 차량들에게 제공할 수 있다.For example, the communication unit (110) can receive map data, traffic information data, etc. from an external server. The autonomous driving unit (140d) can generate an autonomous driving route and driving plan based on the acquired data. The control unit (120) can control the drive unit (140a) so that the vehicle or autonomous vehicle (100) moves along the autonomous driving route according to the driving plan (e.g., speed/direction control). During autonomous driving, the communication unit (110) can irregularly/periodically acquire the latest traffic information data from an external server and can acquire surrounding traffic information data from surrounding vehicles. In addition, during autonomous driving, the sensor unit (140c) can acquire vehicle status and surrounding environment information. The autonomous driving unit (140d) can update the autonomous driving route and driving plan based on newly acquired data/information. The communication unit (110) can transmit information regarding the vehicle location, autonomous driving route, driving plan, etc. to the external server. External servers can predict traffic information data in advance using AI technology or other technologies based on information collected from vehicles or autonomous vehicles, and provide the predicted traffic information data to the vehicles or autonomous vehicles.

여기서, 본 명세서의 무선 기기(XXX, YYY)에서 구현되는 무선 통신 기술은 LTE, NR 및 6G뿐만 아니라 저전력 통신을 위한 Narrowband Internet of Things를 포함할 수 있다. 이때, 예를 들어 NB-IoT 기술은 LPWAN(Low Power Wide Area Network) 기술의 일례일 수 있고, LTE Cat NB1 및/또는 LTE Cat NB2 등의 규격으로 구현될 수 있으며, 상술한 명칭에 한정되는 것은 아니다. 추가적으로 또는 대체적으로, 본 명세서의 무선 기기(XXX, YYY)에서 구현되는 무선 통신 기술은 LTE-M 기술을 기반으로 통신을 수행할 수 있다. 이때, 일 예로, LTE-M 기술은 LPWAN 기술의 일례일 수 있고, eMTC(enhanced Machine Type Communication) 등의 다양한 명칭으로 불릴 수 있다. 예를 들어, LTE-M 기술은 1) LTE CAT 0, 2) LTE Cat M1, 3) LTE Cat M2, 4) LTE non-BL(non-Bandwidth Limited), 5) LTE-MTC, 6) LTE Machine Type Communication, 및/또는 7) LTE M 등의 다양한 규격 중 적어도 어느 하나로 구현될 수 있으며 상술한 명칭에 한정되는 것은 아니다. 추가적으로 또는 대체적으로, 본 명세서의 무선 기기(XXX, YYY)에서 구현되는 무선 통신 기술은 저전력 통신을 고려한 지그비(ZigBee), 블루투스(Bluetooth) 및 저전력 광역 통신망(Low Power Wide Area Network, LPWAN) 중 적어도 어느 하나를 포함할 수 있으며, 상술한 명칭에 한정되는 것은 아니다. 일 예로 ZigBee 기술은 IEEE 802.15.4 등의 다양한 규격을 기반으로 소형/저-파워 디지털 통신에 관련된 PAN(personal area networks)을 생성할 수 있으며, 다양한 명칭으로 불릴 수 있다.Here, the wireless communication technology implemented in the wireless device (XXX, YYY) of the present specification may include not only LTE, NR, and 6G, but also Narrowband Internet of Things for low-power communication. At this time, for example, NB-IoT technology may be an example of LPWAN (Low Power Wide Area Network) technology, and may be implemented with standards such as LTE Cat NB1 and/or LTE Cat NB2, and is not limited to the above-described names. Additionally or alternatively, the wireless communication technology implemented in the wireless device (XXX, YYY) of the present specification may perform communication based on LTE-M technology. At this time, for example, LTE-M technology may be an example of LPWAN technology, and may be called by various names such as eMTC (enhanced Machine Type Communication). For example, LTE-M technology can be implemented by at least one of various standards such as 1) LTE CAT 0, 2) LTE Cat M1, 3) LTE Cat M2, 4) LTE non-BL (non-Bandwidth Limited), 5) LTE-MTC, 6) LTE Machine Type Communication, and/or 7) LTE M, and is not limited to the above-described names. Additionally or alternatively, the wireless communication technology implemented in the wireless device (XXX, YYY) of the present specification can include at least one of ZigBee, Bluetooth, and Low Power Wide Area Network (LPWAN) considering low-power communication, and is not limited to the above-described names. For example, ZigBee technology can create PAN (personal area networks) related to small/low-power digital communication based on various standards such as IEEE 802.15.4, and can be called by various names.

이상에서 설명된 실시예들은 본 발명의 구성요소들과 특징들이 소정 형태로 결합된 것들이다. 각 구성요소 또는 특징은 별도의 명시적 언급이 없는 한 선택적인 것으로 고려되어야 한다. 각 구성요소 또는 특징은 다른 구성요소나 특징과 결합되지 않은 형태로 실시될 수 있다. 또한, 일부 구성요소들 및/또는 특징들을 결합하여 본 발명의 실시예를 구성하는 것도 가능하다. 본 발명의 실시예들에서 설명되는 동작들의 순서는 변경될 수 있다. 어느 실시예의 일부 구성이나 특징은 다른 실시예에 포함될 수 있고, 또는 다른 실시예의 대응하는 구성 또는 특징과 교체될 수 있다. 특허청구범위에서 명시적인 인용 관계가 있지 않은 청구항들을 결합하여 실시예를 구성하거나 출원 후의 보정에 의해 새로운 청구항으로 포함시킬 수 있음은 자명하다.The embodiments described above are combinations of components and features of the present invention in a predetermined form. Each component or feature should be considered optional unless explicitly stated otherwise. Each component or feature may be implemented without being combined with other components or features. Furthermore, it is also possible to form an embodiment of the present invention by combining some components and/or features. The order of operations described in the embodiments of the present invention may be changed. Some components or features of one embodiment may be included in another embodiment or may be replaced with corresponding components or features of another embodiment. It is self-evident that claims that do not have an explicit citation relationship in the patent claims may be combined to form an embodiment or incorporated as a new claim through a post-application amendment.

본 문서에서 본 발명의 실시예들은 주로 단말과 기지국 간의 신호 송수신 관계를 중심으로 설명되었다. 이러한 송수신 관계는 단말과 릴레이 또는 기지국과 릴레이간의 신호 송수신에도 동일/유사하게 확장된다. 본 문서에서 기지국에 의해 수행된다고 설명된 특정 동작은 경우에 따라서는 그 상위 노드(upper node)에 의해 수행될 수 있다. 즉, 기지국을 포함하는 복수의 네트워크 노드들(network nodes)로 이루어지는 네트워크에서 단말과의 통신을 위해 수행되는 다양한 동작들은 기지국 또는 기지국 이외의 다른 네트워크 노드들에 의해 수행될 수 있음은 자명하다. 기지국은 고정국(fixed station), Node B, eNode B(eNB), 억세스 포인트(access point) 등의 용어에 의해 대체될 수 있다. 또한, 단말은 UE(User Equipment), MS(Mobile Station), MSS(Mobile Subscriber Station) 등의 용어로 대체될 수 있다.In this document, embodiments of the present invention have been described primarily focusing on the signal transmission and reception relationship between a terminal and a base station. This transmission and reception relationship is equally/similarly extended to signal transmission and reception between a terminal and a relay or a base station and a relay. Certain operations described as being performed by a base station in this document may, in some cases, be performed by its upper node. That is, it is obvious that various operations performed for communication with a terminal in a network composed of multiple network nodes including a base station may be performed by the base station or network nodes other than the base station. The base station may be replaced by terms such as fixed station, Node B, eNode B (eNB), and access point. In addition, the terminal may be replaced by terms such as UE (User Equipment), MS (Mobile Station), MSS (Mobile Subscriber Station).

본 발명에 따른 실시예는 다양한 수단, 예를 들어, 하드웨어, 펌웨어(firmware), 소프트웨어 또는 그것들의 결합 등에 의해 구현될 수 있다. 하드웨어에 의한 구현의 경우, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 하나 또는 그 이상의 ASICs(application specific integrated circuits), DSPs(digital signal processors), DSPDs(digital signal processing devices), PLDs(programmable logic devices), FPGAs(field programmable gate arrays), 프로세서, 콘트롤러, 마이크로 콘트롤러, 마이크로 프로세서 등에 의해 구현될 수 있다.Embodiments of the present invention may be implemented by various means, for example, hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof. In the case of hardware implementation, an embodiment of the present invention may be implemented by one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), digital signal processors (DSPs), digital signal processing devices (DSPDs), programmable logic devices (PLDs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), processors, controllers, microcontrollers, microprocessors, etc.

펌웨어나 소프트웨어에 의한 구현의 경우, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 이상에서 설명된 기능 또는 동작들을 수행하는 모듈, 절차, 함수 등의 형태로 구현될 수 있다. 소프트웨어 코드는 메모리 유닛에 저장되어 프로세서에 의해 구동될 수 있다. 상기 메모리 유닛은 상기 프로세서 내부 또는 외부에 위치하여, 이미 공지된 다양한 수단에 의해 상기 프로세서와 데이터를 주고받을 수 있다.When implemented via firmware or software, an embodiment of the present invention may be implemented in the form of modules, procedures, functions, etc. that perform the functions or operations described above. The software code may be stored in a memory unit and executed by a processor. The memory unit may be located within or outside the processor and may exchange data with the processor via various known means.

본 발명은 본 발명의 특징을 벗어나지 않는 범위에서 다른 특정한 형태로 구체화될 수 있음은 당업자에게 자명하다. 따라서, 상기의 상세한 설명은 모든 면에서 제한적으로 해석되어서는 아니되고 예시적인 것으로 고려되어야 한다. 본 발명의 범위는 첨부된 청구항의 합리적 해석에 의해 결정되어야 하고, 본 발명의 등가적 범위 내에서의 모든 변경은 본 발명의 범위에 포함된다.It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the present invention can be embodied in other specific forms without departing from the scope of the invention. Therefore, the above detailed description should not be construed as limiting in any respect, but rather as illustrative. The scope of the present invention should be determined by a reasonable interpretation of the appended claims, and all modifications within the scope of equivalents of the present invention are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.

상술한 바와 같은 본 발명의 실시형태들은 다양한 이동통신 시스템에 적용될 수 있다.The embodiments of the present invention as described above can be applied to various mobile communication systems.

Claims (15)

UE (User Equipment)에 의한 방법에 있어서,In a method using UE (User Equipment), 디폴트 RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) 및 NES (network energy saving)와 관련된 추가 RO을 설정하는 RACH (Random Access Channel) 자원 설정 정보를 수신하는 단계; 및A step of receiving RACH (Random Access Channel) resource configuration information that sets a default RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) and an additional RO related to NES (network energy saving); and 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보에 기초하여 PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel)를 전송하는 단계;를 포함하고,A step of transmitting a PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel) based on the above RACH resource configuration information; 상기 추가 RO은 특정 포맷의 DCI (Downlink Control Information)를 통해 활성화 여부가 지시되는, 방법.A method in which the above additional RO is indicated to be activated via DCI (Downlink Control Information) of a specific format. 제1항에 있어서,In the first paragraph, 상기 특정 포맷의 DCI는 상기 추가 RO의 활성화 지시와 관련된 특정 RNTI (Paging-Radio Network Temporary Identifier)로 스크램블 (scramble)된 CRC (cyclic redundancy check)를 갖는 그룹 공통된 DCI 포맷 1_0의 DCI인 것을 특징으로 하는, 방법.A method, characterized in that the DCI of the above specific format is a DCI of a group common DCI format 1_0 having a CRC (cyclic redundancy check) scrambled with a specific RNTI (Paging-Radio Network Temporary Identifier) related to an activation instruction of the additional RO. 제2항에 있어서,In the second paragraph, 상기 추가 RO은 상기 DCI 포맷 1_0의 DCI에 포함된 유보된 비트들을 통해 활성화 여부가 지시되는 것을 특징으로 하는, 방법.A method characterized in that the above additional RO is indicated as to whether or not to be activated through reserved bits included in the DCI of the DCI format 1_0. 제1항에 있어서,In the first paragraph, 상기 추가 RO와 상기 디폴트 RO와 중첩된 것에 기초하여, 상기 추가 RO의 빔 방향은 상기 디폴트 RO에 대해 결정된 빔 방향과 동일한 빔 방향인 것으로 간주되는 것을 특징으로 하는, 방법.A method characterized in that, based on the overlap of the additional RO and the default RO, the beam direction of the additional RO is considered to be the same beam direction as the beam direction determined for the default RO. 제1항에 있어서,In the first paragraph, 상기 추가 RO가 상기 디폴트 RO와 중첩된 것에 기초하여, 상기 추가 RO는 유효하지 않은 것으로 간주되는 것을 특징으로 하는, 방법.A method characterized in that the additional RO is considered invalid based on the fact that the additional RO overlaps with the default RO. 제1항에 있어서,In the first paragraph, 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보는 상기 디폴트 RO를 포함하는 복수의 디폴트 RO들 및 상기 추가 RO를 포함하는 복수의 추가 RO들을 설정하고,The above RACH resource configuration information sets a plurality of default ROs including the default RO and a plurality of additional ROs including the additional RO, 상기 UE는 상기 복수의 추가 RO들 중에서 상기 디폴트 RO와 중첩된 추가 RO를 제외한 나머지 추가 RO들에 대해서만 SSB 매핑을 수행하는 것을 특징으로 하는, 방법.A method characterized in that the UE performs SSB mapping only for the additional ROs excluding the additional ROs that overlap with the default RO among the plurality of additional ROs. 제1항에 있어서,In the first paragraph, 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보는 상기 디폴트 RO 및 상기 추가 RO 간의 우선 순위를 설정하는 정보를 더 포함하는 것을 특징으로 하는, 방법.A method characterized in that the RACH resource configuration information further includes information for setting priorities between the default RO and the additional RO. 제1항에 있어서,In the first paragraph, 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보는 상기 디폴트 RO에 기반하여 상기 추가 RO를 설정하기 위한 특정 오프셋에 대한 정보를 더 포함하는 것을 특징으로 하는, 방법.A method characterized in that the RACH resource configuration information further includes information on a specific offset for configuring the additional RO based on the default RO. 제1항에 있어서,In the first paragraph, 상기 디폴트 RO는 상기 DCI를 통한 활성화 여부에 대한 지시와 무관하게 항상 유효한 것을 특징으로 하는, 방법.A method characterized in that the above default RO is always valid regardless of the indication as to whether or not to activate it via the DCI. 제1항에 기재된 방법을 수행하기 위한 프로그램을 기록한 컴퓨터로 읽을 수 있는 기록 매체.A computer-readable recording medium having recorded thereon a program for performing the method described in paragraph 1. UE (User Equipment)에 있어서,In UE (User Equipment), RF(Radio Frequency) 송수신기; 및RF (Radio Frequency) transmitter and receiver; and 상기 RF 송수신기와 연결되는 프로세서를 포함하고,A processor connected to the RF transceiver, 상기 프로세서는 상기 RF 송수신기를 제어하여 디폴트 RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) 및 NES (network energy saving)와 관련된 추가 RO을 설정하는 RACH (Random Access Channel) 자원 설정 정보를 수신하고, 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보에 기초하여 PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel)를 전송하며,The processor controls the RF transceiver to receive RACH (Random Access Channel) resource configuration information that sets a default RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) and an additional RO related to NES (network energy saving), and transmits a PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel) based on the RACH resource configuration information. 상기 추가 RO은 특정 포맷의 DCI (Downlink Control Information)를 통해 활성화 여부가 지시되는, UE.The above additional RO is indicated to be activated via a specific format of DCI (Downlink Control Information) to the UE. 제11항에 있어서,In Article 11, 상기 특정 포맷의 DCI는 상기 추가 RO의 활성화 지시와 관련된 특정 RNTI (Paging-Radio Network Temporary Identifier)로 스크램블 (scramble)된 CRC (cyclic redundancy check)를 갖는 그룹 공통된 DCI 포맷 1_0의 DCI인 것을 특징으로 하는, UE.A UE characterized in that the DCI of the above specific format is a DCI of group common DCI format 1_0 having a CRC (cyclic redundancy check) scrambled with a specific RNTI (Paging-Radio Network Temporary Identifier) associated with an activation instruction of the additional RO. UE (User Equipment)를 제어하는 프로세싱 장치에 있어서,In a processing device that controls UE (User Equipment), 적어도 하나의 프로세서; 및at least one processor; and 상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서에 연결되고 명령어들을 저장하는 적어도 하나의 메모리를 포함하되, 상기 명령어들은 상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서에 의해 실행되는 것을 기반으로 상기 UE로 하여금:At least one memory connected to said at least one processor and storing instructions, said instructions being executed by said at least one processor, wherein said UE: 디폴트 RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) 및 NES (network energy saving)와 관련된 추가 RO을 설정하는 RACH (Random Access Channel) 자원 설정 정보를 수신하고, 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보에 기초하여 PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel)를 전송하게 하고,Receive RACH (Random Access Channel) resource configuration information that sets a default RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) and an additional RO related to NES (network energy saving), and transmit a PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel) based on the RACH resource configuration information, 상기 추가 RO은 특정 포맷의 DCI (Downlink Control Information)를 통해 활성화 여부가 지시되는, 프로세싱 장치.The above additional RO is a processing device whose activation is indicated through a DCI (Downlink Control Information) of a specific format. 기지국에 의한 방법에 있어서,In the method by the base station, 디폴트 RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) 및 NES (network energy saving)와 관련된 추가 RO을 설정하는 RACH (Random Access Channel) 자원 설정 정보를 전송하는 단계; 및A step of transmitting RACH (Random Access Channel) resource configuration information that sets a default RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) and an additional RO related to NES (network energy saving); and 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보에 기초하여 PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel)를 수신하는 단계;를 포함하고,A step of receiving a PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel) based on the above RACH resource configuration information; 상기 추가 RO은 특정 포맷의 DCI (Downlink Control Information)를 통해 활성화 여부가 지시되는, 방법.A method in which the above additional RO is indicated to be activated via DCI (Downlink Control Information) of a specific format. 기지국에 있어서,At the base station, RF(Radio Frequency) 송수신기; 및RF (Radio Frequency) transmitter and receiver; and 상기 RF 송수신기와 연결되는 프로세서를 포함하고,A processor connected to the RF transceiver, 상기 프로세서는 상기 RF 송수신기를 제어하여 디폴트 RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) 및 NES (network energy saving)와 관련된 추가 RO을 설정하는 RACH (Random Access Channel) 자원 설정 정보를 전송하고, 상기 RACH 자원 설정 정보에 기초하여 PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel)를 수신하며,The processor controls the RF transceiver to transmit RACH (Random Access Channel) resource configuration information that sets a default RO (Random Access Channel Occasion) and an additional RO related to NES (network energy saving), and receives a PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel) based on the RACH resource configuration information. 상기 추가 RO은 특정 포맷의 DCI (Downlink Control Information)를 통해 활성화 여부가 지시되는, 기지국.The above additional RO is a base station whose activation is indicated through a DCI (Downlink Control Information) of a specific format.
PCT/KR2025/002042 2024-02-16 2025-02-12 Method and device for transmitting and receiving wireless signals in wireless communication system Pending WO2025174049A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR20240022926 2024-02-16
KR10-2024-0022926 2024-02-16
KR10-2024-0061341 2024-05-09
KR20240061341 2024-05-09
KR10-2024-0134349 2024-10-02
KR20240134349 2024-10-02

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025174049A1 true WO2025174049A1 (en) 2025-08-21

Family

ID=96773164

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2025/002042 Pending WO2025174049A1 (en) 2024-02-16 2025-02-12 Method and device for transmitting and receiving wireless signals in wireless communication system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2025174049A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20210058976A1 (en) * 2019-02-15 2021-02-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Random access channel access and validity procedures
KR20210122279A (en) * 2019-02-27 2021-10-08 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for establishment of RACH offense in unlicensed NR
KR20220042226A (en) * 2019-10-04 2022-04-04 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for a terminal to perform a random access process in a wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
WO2024029986A1 (en) * 2022-08-05 2024-02-08 엘지전자 주식회사 Device and method for turning on/off synchronization signal and broadcast channel signal in wireless communication system
WO2024035241A1 (en) * 2022-08-11 2024-02-15 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for transmitting and receiving wireless signal in wireless communication system

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20210058976A1 (en) * 2019-02-15 2021-02-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Random access channel access and validity procedures
KR20210122279A (en) * 2019-02-27 2021-10-08 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for establishment of RACH offense in unlicensed NR
KR20220042226A (en) * 2019-10-04 2022-04-04 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for a terminal to perform a random access process in a wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
WO2024029986A1 (en) * 2022-08-05 2024-02-08 엘지전자 주식회사 Device and method for turning on/off synchronization signal and broadcast channel signal in wireless communication system
WO2024035241A1 (en) * 2022-08-11 2024-02-15 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for transmitting and receiving wireless signal in wireless communication system

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021230729A1 (en) Method for transmitting/receiving signal for wireless communication, and device therefor
WO2021145745A1 (en) Method and device for performing sidelink communication on basis of sidelink harq feedback information in nr v2x
WO2022031136A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving wireless signal in wireless communication system
WO2022216048A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving wireless signal in wireless communication system
WO2020091546A1 (en) Configuration coordination for power efficient operation for nr
WO2022216045A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving wireless signal in wireless communication system
WO2021230728A1 (en) Signal transmission/reception method for wireless communication, and apparatus therefor
WO2022154606A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting/receiving wireless signal in wireless communication system
WO2022086198A1 (en) Method for transmitting and receiving downlink control channel, and device therefor
WO2024035241A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting and receiving wireless signal in wireless communication system
WO2023136600A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting and receiving wireless signals in wireless communication system
WO2023080521A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting and receiving radio signals in wireless communication system
WO2025174049A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting and receiving wireless signals in wireless communication system
WO2023136423A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting/receiving wireless signal in wireless communication system
WO2025174024A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting and receiving wireless signal in wireless communication system
WO2025174051A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting and receiving wireless signals in wireless communication system
WO2022215992A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting and receiving wireless signals in wireless communication system
WO2024210685A1 (en) Wireless signal transmission/reception method and device in wireless communication system
WO2025095577A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving wireless signals in wireless communication system
WO2020167091A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting/receiving wireless signal in wireless communication system
WO2020167053A1 (en) Method for transmitting and receiving signal in wireless communication system and apparatus supporting same
WO2024237600A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving signals in wireless communication system
WO2024172601A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving wireless signals in wireless communication system
WO2024035102A1 (en) Signal transmission and reception method for wireless communication and apparatus therefor
WO2024035052A1 (en) Signal transmission/reception method for wireless communication, and apparatus therefor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 25755147

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1